1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
179 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
299 const char *dw_fde_begin;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
301 const char *dw_fde_end;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
315 unsigned nothrow : 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
428 unsigned int refcount;
429 enum dwarf_form form;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s)
556 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
561 while (*s && *s != ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
585 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
604 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
605 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
606 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
607 bool wrote_return_column = false;
609 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
611 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
613 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
620 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
623 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
625 wrote_return_column = true;
627 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
632 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
636 if (!wrote_return_column)
637 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
643 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
726 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
728 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
739 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
747 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
773 static char label[20];
775 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
800 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember = false;
808 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
810 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
813 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version == 2
830 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
834 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
843 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
847 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
851 label = xstrdup (label);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
860 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
861 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
862 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
872 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
887 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
890 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
894 label = xstrdup (label);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
904 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
906 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
909 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
912 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
920 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
924 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
927 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
931 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
932 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
939 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
941 remember->in_use = 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
944 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
946 remember->in_use = 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
961 dw_cfa_location remember;
963 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
964 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
967 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
970 fde = current_fde ();
972 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1001 loc.base_offset = 0;
1003 loc.offset = offset;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1012 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1013 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1014 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1015 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1016 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1031 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1032 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1034 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1043 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1052 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1053 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1058 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1065 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1069 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1079 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1090 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1091 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1092 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1109 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde->stack_realign
1115 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1117 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1118 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1119 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1122 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1125 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1126 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1127 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1129 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1130 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1132 else if (sreg == reg)
1133 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1136 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1137 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1155 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1165 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1183 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1193 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1215 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1220 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1241 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1242 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1253 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1254 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1258 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1260 code = GET_CODE (src);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1266 offset = -cur_args_size;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset - cur_offset;
1273 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1274 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1291 code = GET_CODE (src);
1297 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1299 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1303 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1310 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1312 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1319 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1321 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1345 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1355 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1363 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1364 cur_args_size, offset);
1369 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1373 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1376 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1378 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1381 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size += offset;
1391 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1396 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1400 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1408 return cur_args_size;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1418 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1420 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1421 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1422 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1424 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1425 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1426 insn = get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1433 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1436 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1437 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1438 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1439 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1440 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1442 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1451 if (insn == first_insn)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body = PATTERN (insn);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1470 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1475 dest_args_size, &next);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1479 cur_args_size, &next);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size, &next);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size, &next);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1506 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1517 if (size == old_args_size)
1520 old_args_size = size;
1523 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1524 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1533 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1534 cfa.offset += offset;
1536 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1537 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size += offset;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1590 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1592 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1615 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1620 offset -= args_size;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1626 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1634 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1643 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1654 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1684 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1690 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1695 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1696 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1697 queued_reg_saves = q;
1701 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1702 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1704 last_reg_save_label = label;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1714 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1717 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1719 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1722 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1724 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1727 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1733 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1735 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1737 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1741 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1742 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1753 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1755 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1760 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1761 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1775 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1777 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1780 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1782 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1788 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1789 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1790 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1798 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1800 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1802 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1803 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1806 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1825 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1830 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1831 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1835 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1854 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1855 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1861 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1871 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1883 rtx src, addr, span;
1885 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1886 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1888 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1895 offset = -cfa.offset;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1899 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1905 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1921 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1922 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1924 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1926 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1928 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1939 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1941 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1942 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1945 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1947 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1949 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1964 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1965 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2166 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2168 rtx src, dest, span;
2169 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2172 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2173 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2174 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2175 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2176 flag is set in them. */
2177 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2180 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2183 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2184 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2185 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2186 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2187 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2188 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2189 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2191 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2192 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2193 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2194 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2195 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2198 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2200 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2201 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2202 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2203 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2204 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2205 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2207 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2209 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2210 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2211 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2214 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2220 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2222 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2223 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2227 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2232 fde = current_fde ();
2234 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2237 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2239 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2241 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2244 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2245 relative to the current CFA register.
2247 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2248 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2249 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2250 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2251 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2252 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2253 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2257 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2258 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2259 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2260 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2261 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2263 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2264 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2265 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2266 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2268 && fde->stack_realign
2269 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2270 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2271 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2272 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2274 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2281 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2285 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2288 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2291 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2293 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2299 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2301 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2302 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2303 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2305 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2306 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2309 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2311 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2313 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2314 cfa.offset += offset;
2315 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2316 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2318 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2321 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2322 or adjusting the FP */
2323 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2325 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2326 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2327 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2328 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2329 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2331 cfa.offset += offset;
2332 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2336 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2339 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2340 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2341 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2343 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2344 into the FP later on. */
2345 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2346 cfa.offset += offset;
2347 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2348 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2349 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2350 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2354 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2355 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2356 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2358 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2359 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2360 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2361 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2362 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2366 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2369 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2370 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2379 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2380 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2385 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2386 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2387 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2389 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2390 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2391 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2394 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2395 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2402 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2403 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2404 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2409 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2410 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2412 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2414 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2415 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2416 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2417 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2419 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2420 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2421 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2429 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2434 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2436 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2441 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2442 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2444 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2446 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2447 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2449 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2450 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2451 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2453 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2459 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2463 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2464 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2465 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2467 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2469 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2470 reference to represent the address of the stored
2473 && fde->stack_realign
2474 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2476 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2477 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2480 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2481 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2483 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2487 /* With an offset. */
2494 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2495 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2496 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2497 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2500 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2502 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2503 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2506 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2507 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2513 /* Without an offset. */
2516 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2518 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2519 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2522 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2523 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2530 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2531 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2532 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2533 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2541 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2542 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2543 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2547 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2548 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2551 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2553 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2556 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2557 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2558 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2559 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2562 && fde->stack_realign
2563 && cfa.indirect == 0
2564 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2566 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2568 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2570 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2571 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2572 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2575 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2577 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2581 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2582 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2584 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2585 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2590 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2591 calculate the CFA. */
2592 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2596 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2598 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2599 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2601 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2606 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2608 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2611 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2614 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2615 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2619 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2621 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2623 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2624 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2626 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2628 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2629 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2640 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2641 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2642 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2644 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2645 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2648 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2652 bool handled_one = false;
2654 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2658 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2659 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2661 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2664 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2666 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2669 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2671 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2673 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2674 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2676 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2678 if (barrier_args_size)
2680 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2681 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2686 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2687 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2689 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2691 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2692 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2693 is still used to save registers. */
2694 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2695 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2699 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2701 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2702 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2704 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2705 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2708 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2713 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2718 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2719 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2721 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2725 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2728 n = single_set (insn);
2729 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2733 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2738 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2739 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2745 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2750 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2751 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2754 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2758 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2762 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2765 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2767 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2779 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2781 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2784 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2785 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2786 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2787 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2790 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2792 bool saw_frp = false;
2795 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2796 frame related insns. */
2797 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2802 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2803 if (returnjump_p (i))
2805 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2808 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2811 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2813 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2815 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2816 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2819 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2820 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2824 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2828 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2829 save/restore pair. */
2833 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2834 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2835 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2836 i = next_real_insn (i);
2840 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2841 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2842 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2843 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2846 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2849 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2853 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2855 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2857 /* And emulate the state save. */
2858 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2860 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2863 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2866 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2868 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2869 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2871 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2872 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2874 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2876 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2881 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2882 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2883 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2885 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2886 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2892 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2893 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2894 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2896 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2897 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2900 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2901 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2904 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2905 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2906 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2908 case DW_CFA_restore:
2909 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2910 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2911 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2913 case DW_CFA_register:
2914 case DW_CFA_expression:
2915 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2918 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2919 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2930 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2931 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2932 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2934 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2935 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2939 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2942 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2943 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2946 case DW_CFA_register:
2947 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2949 case DW_CFA_expression:
2950 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2957 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2959 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2960 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2961 for collect2 the first time around. */
2964 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2968 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2969 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2973 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2979 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2981 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2983 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2985 flags = ((! flag_pic
2986 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2987 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2988 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2989 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2990 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2991 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2992 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2995 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2996 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3000 if (eh_frame_section)
3001 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3004 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3005 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3006 switch_to_section (data_section);
3010 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3011 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3012 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3013 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3019 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3023 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3026 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3029 if (!debug_frame_section)
3030 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3031 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3032 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3036 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3039 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3044 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3046 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3047 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3048 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3049 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3050 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3052 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3054 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
3055 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3056 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3058 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3060 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3062 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
3066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3067 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3069 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3071 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3073 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3074 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3075 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3078 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3079 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3080 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3083 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3084 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3085 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3086 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3089 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3090 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3091 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3092 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3095 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3096 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3097 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3098 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3101 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3102 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3103 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3104 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3107 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3108 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3109 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3110 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3114 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3115 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3120 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3121 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3123 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3128 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3130 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3134 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3135 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3136 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3137 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3138 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3142 case DW_CFA_register:
3143 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3145 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3149 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3150 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3154 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3155 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3159 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3163 case DW_CFA_expression:
3164 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3167 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3168 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3177 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3180 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3182 unsigned long r, r2;
3184 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3186 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3187 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3190 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3191 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3192 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3193 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3194 going to take care of this for us. */
3198 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3199 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3200 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3201 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3202 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3205 case DW_CFA_restore:
3206 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3207 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3208 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3211 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3212 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3213 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3216 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3217 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3218 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3221 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3222 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3223 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3224 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3225 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3228 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3229 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3230 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3233 case DW_CFA_register:
3234 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3235 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3236 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3239 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3240 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3241 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3242 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3243 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3246 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3247 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3249 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3250 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3253 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3254 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3257 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3258 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3259 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3262 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3263 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3266 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3267 case DW_CFA_expression:
3268 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3269 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3270 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3278 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3279 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3281 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3282 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3283 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3284 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3287 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3289 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3291 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3292 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3293 unsigned int len, idx;
3295 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3296 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3298 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3299 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3302 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3303 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3304 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3306 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3308 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3310 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3311 .cfi_restore_state. */
3312 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3313 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3315 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3318 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3325 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3329 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3330 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3332 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3335 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3336 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3337 case DW_CFA_restore:
3338 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3339 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3340 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3341 case DW_CFA_register:
3342 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3343 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3344 case DW_CFA_expression:
3345 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3346 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3347 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3348 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3349 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3350 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3352 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3353 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3356 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3358 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3363 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3366 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3368 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3369 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3371 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3373 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3374 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3377 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3379 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3382 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3384 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3386 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3388 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3389 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3390 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3392 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3393 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3394 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3397 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3398 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3399 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3406 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3407 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3411 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3413 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3416 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3418 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3421 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3423 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3425 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3428 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3431 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3432 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3434 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3441 /* Output one FDE. */
3444 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3445 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3446 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3448 const char *begin, *end;
3449 static unsigned int j;
3450 char l1[20], l2[20];
3453 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3455 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3458 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3459 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3460 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3461 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3462 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3464 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3467 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3469 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3470 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3472 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3474 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3475 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3479 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3480 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3481 might be separated from the real start of the
3482 function by alignment padding. */
3484 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3485 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3486 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3488 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3489 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3490 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3492 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3497 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3498 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3499 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3500 "FDE initial location");
3501 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3502 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3506 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3507 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3510 if (augmentation[0])
3512 if (any_lsda_needed)
3514 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3516 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3518 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3519 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3520 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3521 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3522 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3525 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3528 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3530 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3533 fde->funcdef_number);
3534 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3535 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3537 "Language Specific Data Area");
3541 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3542 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3543 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3544 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3548 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3551 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3553 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3554 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3555 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3556 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3559 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3560 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3562 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3563 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3569 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3571 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3573 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3574 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3575 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3576 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3578 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3579 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3582 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3583 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3584 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3585 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3586 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3588 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3589 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3590 switch *back* into the table section. */
3591 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3592 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3593 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3596 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3597 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3598 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3604 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3605 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3606 location of saved registers. */
3609 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3614 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3615 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3616 char augmentation[6];
3617 int augmentation_size;
3618 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3619 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3620 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3622 rtx personality = NULL;
3625 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3626 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3629 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3630 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3633 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3634 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3635 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3636 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3637 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3638 specialization doesn't. */
3639 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3640 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3643 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3644 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3645 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3646 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3647 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3648 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3650 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3651 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3652 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3653 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3656 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3658 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3659 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3660 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3661 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3662 any_eh_needed = true;
3663 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3664 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3665 any_eh_needed = true;
3667 if (! any_eh_needed)
3671 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3675 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3676 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3678 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3679 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3681 /* Output the CIE. */
3682 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3684 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3685 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3686 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3687 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3688 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3689 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3691 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3692 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3693 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3694 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3695 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3697 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3698 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3699 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3700 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3702 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3706 augmentation[0] = 0;
3707 augmentation_size = 0;
3709 personality = current_unit_personality;
3715 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3716 augmentation section.
3717 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3718 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3719 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3721 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3722 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3724 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3725 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3726 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3728 p = augmentation + 1;
3732 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3733 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3735 if (any_lsda_needed)
3738 augmentation_size += 1;
3740 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3743 augmentation_size += 1;
3745 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3747 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3751 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3752 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3754 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3756 + 1 /* CIE version */
3757 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3758 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3759 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3761 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3762 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3763 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3765 augmentation_size += pad;
3767 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3768 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3769 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3773 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3774 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3775 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3776 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3778 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3781 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3783 if (augmentation[0])
3785 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3789 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3790 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3795 if (any_lsda_needed)
3796 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3797 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3799 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3801 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3804 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3805 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3807 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3808 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3809 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3810 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3812 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3813 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3816 fde = &fde_table[i];
3818 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3819 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3820 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3821 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3822 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3825 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3826 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3827 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3830 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3831 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3832 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3833 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3834 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3835 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3838 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3843 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3846 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3850 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3852 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3856 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3859 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3860 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3861 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3862 of the weirder relocation types. */
3863 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3864 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3866 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc);
3867 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3868 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3871 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3875 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3877 current_function_funcdef_no);
3878 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3879 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3881 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3882 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3884 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc);
3885 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3886 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3890 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3894 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3895 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3897 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3902 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3904 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3905 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3906 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3908 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3909 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3912 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3916 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3917 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3918 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3919 current_function_funcdef_no);
3920 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3921 current_function_funcdef_no);
3922 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3923 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3925 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3926 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3927 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3931 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3932 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3934 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3935 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3936 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3937 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3940 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3941 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3943 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3944 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3945 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3946 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3947 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3948 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3949 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3950 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3951 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3952 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3953 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3954 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3955 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3956 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3957 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3958 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3959 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3960 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3961 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3962 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3963 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3965 section *unlikelysec;
3966 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3967 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3970 = (fnsec == text_section
3971 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3972 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3973 fde->cold_in_std_section
3974 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3975 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3980 = (fnsec == text_section
3981 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3982 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3985 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3987 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3988 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3989 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3991 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
3994 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3995 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
3998 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3999 if (!current_unit_personality)
4000 current_unit_personality = personality;
4002 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4003 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4004 function anymore. */
4006 && current_unit_personality != personality)
4007 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4008 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4012 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4013 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4017 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4018 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4021 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4023 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4024 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4027 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4028 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4030 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4032 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4033 current_function_funcdef_no);
4034 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4035 fde = current_fde ();
4036 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4037 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4041 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4043 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4044 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4045 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4046 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4048 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4049 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4051 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4052 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4054 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4055 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4056 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4061 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4063 /* Output call frame information. */
4064 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4065 output_call_frame_info (0);
4067 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4068 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4069 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4070 output_call_frame_info (1);
4074 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4077 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4079 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4080 if (sec == text_section)
4081 text_section_used = true;
4082 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4083 cold_text_section_used = true;
4087 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4089 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4091 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4093 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4094 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4096 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4097 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4098 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4099 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4100 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4102 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4103 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4104 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4106 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4107 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4108 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4110 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4111 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4113 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4114 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4116 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4118 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4119 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4121 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4125 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4127 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4129 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4130 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4131 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4136 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4137 for emitting location expressions. */
4139 /* Data about a single source file. */
4140 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4141 const char * filename;
4145 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4146 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4147 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4148 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4149 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4151 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4155 } deferred_locations;
4157 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4158 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4160 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4162 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4163 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4165 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4166 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4167 implementation are listed below. */
4172 dw_val_class_offset,
4174 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4175 dw_val_class_range_list,
4177 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4178 dw_val_class_const_double,
4181 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4182 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4183 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4184 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4186 dw_val_class_macptr,
4191 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4193 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4194 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4200 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4201 represented internally. */
4203 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4204 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4205 union dw_val_struct_union
4207 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4208 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4209 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4210 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4211 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4212 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4213 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4214 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4215 struct dw_val_die_union
4219 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4220 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4221 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4222 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4223 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4224 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4225 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4227 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4231 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4234 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4235 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4236 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4237 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4238 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4239 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4241 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4242 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4246 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4247 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4248 their entire life. */
4249 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4250 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4251 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4252 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4253 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4254 Only on head of list */
4255 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4256 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4259 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4261 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4263 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4266 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4271 return "DW_OP_addr";
4273 return "DW_OP_deref";
4275 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4277 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4279 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4281 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4283 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4285 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4287 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4289 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4291 return "DW_OP_constu";
4293 return "DW_OP_consts";
4297 return "DW_OP_drop";
4299 return "DW_OP_over";
4301 return "DW_OP_pick";
4303 return "DW_OP_swap";
4307 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4315 return "DW_OP_minus";
4327 return "DW_OP_plus";
4328 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4329 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4335 return "DW_OP_shra";
4353 return "DW_OP_skip";
4355 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4357 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4359 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4361 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4419 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4421 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4423 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4425 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4483 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4485 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4487 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4489 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4547 return "DW_OP_regx";
4549 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4551 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4553 return "DW_OP_piece";
4554 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4555 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4556 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4557 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4561 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4562 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4564 return "DW_OP_call2";
4566 return "DW_OP_call4";
4567 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4568 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4569 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4570 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4571 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4572 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4573 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4574 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4575 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4576 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4577 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4578 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4580 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4581 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4582 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4583 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4584 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4585 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4588 return "OP_<unknown>";
4592 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4593 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4594 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4596 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4597 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4598 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4600 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4602 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4603 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4604 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4605 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4606 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4611 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4614 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4615 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4618 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4621 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4624 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4627 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4629 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4631 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4632 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4638 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4641 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4643 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4646 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4651 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4652 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4656 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4657 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4658 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4659 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4660 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4662 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4663 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4665 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4666 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4669 else if (offset > 0)
4670 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4674 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4675 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4679 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4680 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4683 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4686 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4687 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4691 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4693 static unsigned long
4694 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4696 unsigned long size = 1;
4698 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4701 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4720 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4723 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4728 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4729 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4767 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4770 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4773 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4776 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4777 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4780 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4782 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4783 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4792 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4793 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4795 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4796 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4797 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4806 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4808 static unsigned long
4809 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4814 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4815 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4816 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4818 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4820 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4825 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4827 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4828 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4834 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4835 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4838 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4841 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4843 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4844 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4846 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4848 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4851 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4855 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4859 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4860 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4867 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4868 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4870 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4873 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4874 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4875 switch (val2->val_class)
4877 case dw_val_class_const:
4878 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4880 case dw_val_class_vec:
4882 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4883 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4887 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4892 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4895 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4896 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4899 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4901 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4903 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4905 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4906 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4910 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4911 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4913 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4915 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4919 case dw_val_class_addr:
4920 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4921 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4936 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4937 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4938 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4939 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4940 only doing unwinding. */
4945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4948 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4951 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4956 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4957 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4991 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4994 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4997 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5000 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5001 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5004 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5006 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5007 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5008 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5014 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5016 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5019 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5026 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5027 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5035 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5040 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5043 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5045 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5047 /* Output the opcode. */
5048 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5049 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5051 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5052 output_loc_operands (loc);
5056 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5057 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5060 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5062 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5063 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5065 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5068 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5069 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5075 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5076 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5077 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5078 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5083 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5084 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5089 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5090 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5095 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5096 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5097 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5105 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5106 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5108 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5109 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5114 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5117 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5155 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5160 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5161 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5162 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5163 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5167 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5173 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5177 /* Output the opcode. */
5178 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5179 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5181 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5183 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5185 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5189 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5190 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5193 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5195 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5198 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5200 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5201 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5204 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5206 /* Output the size of the block. */
5207 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5208 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5210 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5211 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5214 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5217 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5219 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5222 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5224 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5225 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5228 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5230 /* Output the size of the block. */
5231 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5232 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5233 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5235 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5236 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5239 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5240 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5243 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5244 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5246 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5248 offset += cfa->offset;
5252 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5253 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5254 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5255 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5258 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5259 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5263 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5268 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5269 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5272 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5273 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5275 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5276 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5277 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5279 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5280 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5282 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5283 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5284 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5285 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5288 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5292 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5293 descriptor sequence. */
5296 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5298 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5300 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5304 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5306 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5342 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5345 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5379 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5380 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5383 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5384 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5389 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5390 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5393 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5394 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5398 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5400 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5401 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5403 /* .debug_str support. */
5404 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5406 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5407 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5408 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5409 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5410 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5411 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5412 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5413 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
5414 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5415 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5416 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5417 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5418 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5419 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5420 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5422 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5423 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5424 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5425 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5426 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5427 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5428 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5429 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5431 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5433 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5437 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5440 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5441 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5442 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5443 dwarf2out_end_block,
5444 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5445 dwarf2out_source_line,
5446 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5447 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5448 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5449 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5450 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5451 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
5452 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5453 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5454 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5455 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5456 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5457 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5458 something tries to reference them. */
5459 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5460 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5461 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5462 dwarf2out_var_location,
5463 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5464 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5465 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5466 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5467 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5469 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5473 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5474 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5475 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5477 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5478 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5479 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5480 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5482 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5483 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5485 typedef long int dw_offset;
5487 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5489 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5490 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5491 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5492 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5493 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5494 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5495 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5497 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5498 line number associated with the label generated for that
5499 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5500 the line number entry. */
5502 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5503 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5504 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5508 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5510 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5511 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5512 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5513 unsigned long function;
5515 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5517 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5518 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5519 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5521 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5522 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5523 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5527 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5528 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5530 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5531 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5532 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5534 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5535 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5536 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5538 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5539 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5541 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5542 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5543 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5544 dw_die_ref die_child;
5546 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5547 dw_offset die_offset;
5548 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5550 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5551 int die_perennial_p;
5552 unsigned int decl_id;
5556 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5557 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5558 c = die->die_child; \
5562 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5565 /* The pubname structure */
5567 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5573 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5574 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5576 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5577 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5578 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5582 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5587 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5588 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5590 dw_die_ref root_die;
5591 dw_die_ref type_die;
5592 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5593 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5597 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5598 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5601 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5605 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5609 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5611 skeleton_chain_node;
5613 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5614 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5615 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5618 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5619 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5621 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5622 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5623 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5624 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5625 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5626 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5628 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5629 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5630 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5631 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5632 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5633 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5634 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5635 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5636 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5637 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5639 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5640 language, and compiler version. */
5642 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5643 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5644 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5646 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5647 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5648 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5649 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5651 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5652 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5654 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5655 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5656 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5657 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5658 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5660 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5661 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5662 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5663 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5664 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5665 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5667 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5668 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5669 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5670 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5672 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5676 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5677 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5678 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5680 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5681 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5683 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5684 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5686 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5687 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5688 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5689 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5690 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5692 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5693 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5694 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5695 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5698 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5699 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5701 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5702 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5704 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5705 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5707 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5708 DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5710 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5712 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5713 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5715 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5716 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5717 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5719 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5720 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5721 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5723 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5728 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5729 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5731 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5732 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5733 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
5734 const char * GTY (()) label;
5735 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5738 /* Variable location list. */
5739 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5740 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5742 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5743 it is marked through the chain. */
5744 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5746 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5747 unsigned int decl_id;
5749 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5752 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5753 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5755 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5756 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5757 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5758 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5759 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5761 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5762 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5764 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5765 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5767 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5768 abbrev_die_table. */
5769 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5771 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5772 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5773 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5774 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5776 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5777 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5779 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5780 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5782 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5783 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5784 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5785 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5787 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5788 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5790 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5791 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5793 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5795 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5797 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5798 accessible names. */
5799 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5801 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5802 accessible types. */
5803 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5805 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5806 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5808 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5809 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5811 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5812 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5814 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5816 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5818 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5819 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5821 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5822 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5824 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5825 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5827 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5828 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5829 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5831 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5832 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5834 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5835 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5837 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5839 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5841 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5842 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5844 /* Unique label counter. */
5845 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5847 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5848 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5850 /* The direct call table structure. */
5852 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5853 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5855 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5859 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5860 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5862 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5864 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5865 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5866 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5870 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5871 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5873 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5874 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5875 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5877 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5879 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5881 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5884 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5886 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5887 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5888 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5890 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5891 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5894 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5895 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5897 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5898 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5900 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5901 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5903 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5905 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5907 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5908 within the current function. */
5909 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5911 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5913 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5914 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5915 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5916 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5917 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5918 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5919 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5920 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5921 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5922 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5923 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5924 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5925 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5926 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5927 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5928 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5929 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5930 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5931 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5932 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5933 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5934 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5935 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5936 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5937 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5938 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5939 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5940 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5941 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5942 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5943 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5944 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5945 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5946 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5947 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5949 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5950 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5951 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5952 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5953 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5954 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5955 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5956 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5957 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5959 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5960 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5961 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5962 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5963 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5964 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5965 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5966 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5967 static bool is_c_family (void);
5968 static bool is_cxx (void);
5969 static bool is_java (void);
5970 static bool is_fortran (void);
5971 static bool is_ada (void);
5972 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5973 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
5974 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5975 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
5976 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
5977 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5978 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5979 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5980 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
5981 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5982 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5983 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5984 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5985 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
5986 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5987 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx);
5988 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5989 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
5990 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5991 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5992 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
5993 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5994 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5995 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5996 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5997 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5998 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5999 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6000 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6001 struct checksum_attributes;
6002 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6003 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6004 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6005 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6006 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6007 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6008 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6009 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6010 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6011 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6012 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6013 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6014 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6015 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6016 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6017 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6018 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6019 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6020 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6021 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6022 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6023 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6024 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6025 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6026 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6028 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6029 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6030 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6031 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6033 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6034 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6035 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6036 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6037 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6038 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6039 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6040 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6041 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6042 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6043 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6044 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6045 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6046 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6047 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6048 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6049 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6050 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6051 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6052 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6053 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6054 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6055 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6056 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6057 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6058 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6059 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6060 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6061 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6062 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6063 static void output_aranges (void);
6064 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6065 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6066 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6068 static void output_ranges (void);
6069 static void output_line_info (void);
6070 static void output_file_names (void);
6071 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6072 static int is_base_type (tree);
6073 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6074 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6075 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6076 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6077 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6078 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6079 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6080 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6081 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6082 enum var_init_status);
6083 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6084 enum var_init_status);
6085 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6086 enum var_init_status);
6087 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6088 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6089 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6090 enum var_init_status);
6091 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6092 enum var_init_status);
6093 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6094 enum var_init_status);
6095 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6096 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6097 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6098 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6099 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6100 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6101 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6102 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6103 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6105 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6106 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6107 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6108 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6109 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6110 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6111 enum dwarf_attribute);
6112 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6113 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6114 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6115 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6116 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6117 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6118 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6119 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6120 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6121 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6122 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6123 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6124 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6125 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6126 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6127 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6128 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6129 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6130 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6131 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6132 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6133 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6134 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6135 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6137 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6139 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6140 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6142 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6144 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6145 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6146 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6147 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6148 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6149 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6150 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6151 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6152 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6153 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6154 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6155 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6156 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6157 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6158 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6159 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6160 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6161 enum debug_info_usage);
6162 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6163 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6164 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6165 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6166 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6167 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6168 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6169 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6170 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6171 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6172 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6173 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6174 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6175 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6176 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6177 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6178 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6179 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6180 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6181 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6182 const char *, const char *);
6183 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6184 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6186 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6187 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6188 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6189 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6190 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6191 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6192 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6193 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6194 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6196 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6197 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6198 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6200 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6201 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6203 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6204 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6206 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6207 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6209 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6210 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6212 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6213 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6215 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6216 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6218 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6219 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6221 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6222 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6224 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6225 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6227 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6228 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6230 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6231 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6234 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6235 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6236 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6239 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6240 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6241 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6242 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6245 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6246 the section names themselves. */
6248 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6249 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6251 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6252 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6254 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6255 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6257 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6258 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6260 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6261 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6263 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6264 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6266 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6267 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6269 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6270 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6273 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6274 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6275 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6276 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6277 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6279 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6280 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6281 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6282 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6283 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6284 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6285 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6286 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6287 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6288 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6290 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6291 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6293 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6294 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6296 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6297 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6299 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6300 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6302 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6303 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6305 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6306 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6310 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6311 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6313 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6316 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6318 demangle_name_func = func;
6321 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6324 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6326 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6327 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6328 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6331 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6335 type_main_variant (tree type)
6337 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6339 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6340 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6341 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6342 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6344 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6345 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6346 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6351 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6354 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6356 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6358 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6359 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6362 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6365 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6369 case DW_TAG_padding:
6370 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6371 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6372 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6373 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6374 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6375 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6376 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6377 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6378 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6379 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6380 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6381 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6382 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6384 return "DW_TAG_label";
6385 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6386 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6388 return "DW_TAG_member";
6389 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6390 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6391 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6392 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6393 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6394 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6395 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6396 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6397 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6398 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6399 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6400 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6401 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6402 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6403 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6404 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6405 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6406 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6407 case DW_TAG_variant:
6408 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6409 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6410 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6411 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6412 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6413 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6414 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6415 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6416 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6418 return "DW_TAG_module";
6419 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6420 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6421 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6422 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6423 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6424 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6425 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6426 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6427 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6428 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6429 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6430 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6431 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6432 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6433 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6434 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6435 case DW_TAG_constant:
6436 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6437 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6438 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6439 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6440 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6442 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6443 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6444 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6445 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6446 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6447 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6448 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6449 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6450 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6451 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6452 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6453 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6454 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6455 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6456 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6457 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6458 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6459 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6460 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6461 case DW_TAG_variable:
6462 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6463 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6464 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6465 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6466 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6467 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6468 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6469 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6470 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6471 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6472 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6473 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6474 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6475 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6476 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6477 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6478 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6479 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6480 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6481 case DW_TAG_condition:
6482 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6483 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6484 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6485 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6486 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6487 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6488 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6489 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6490 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6491 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6492 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6493 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6494 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6495 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6496 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6497 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6498 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6499 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6500 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6501 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6502 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6503 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6504 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6505 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6506 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6507 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6508 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6510 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6514 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6517 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6522 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6523 case DW_AT_location:
6524 return "DW_AT_location";
6526 return "DW_AT_name";
6527 case DW_AT_ordering:
6528 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6529 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6530 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6531 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6532 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6533 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6534 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6535 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6536 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6537 case DW_AT_element_list:
6538 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6539 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6540 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6542 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6544 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6545 case DW_AT_language:
6546 return "DW_AT_language";
6548 return "DW_AT_member";
6550 return "DW_AT_discr";
6551 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6552 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6553 case DW_AT_visibility:
6554 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6556 return "DW_AT_import";
6557 case DW_AT_string_length:
6558 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6559 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6560 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6561 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6562 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6563 case DW_AT_const_value:
6564 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6565 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6566 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6567 case DW_AT_default_value:
6568 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6570 return "DW_AT_inline";
6571 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6572 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6573 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6574 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6575 case DW_AT_producer:
6576 return "DW_AT_producer";
6577 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6578 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6579 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6580 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6581 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6582 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6583 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6584 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6585 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6586 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6587 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6588 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6589 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6590 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6591 case DW_AT_address_class:
6592 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6593 case DW_AT_artificial:
6594 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6595 case DW_AT_base_types:
6596 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6597 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6598 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6600 return "DW_AT_count";
6601 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6602 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6603 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6604 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6605 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6606 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6607 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6608 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6609 case DW_AT_declaration:
6610 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6611 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6612 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6613 case DW_AT_encoding:
6614 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6615 case DW_AT_external:
6616 return "DW_AT_external";
6617 case DW_AT_explicit:
6618 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6619 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6620 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6622 return "DW_AT_friend";
6623 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6624 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6625 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6626 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6627 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6628 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6629 case DW_AT_priority:
6630 return "DW_AT_priority";
6632 return "DW_AT_segment";
6633 case DW_AT_specification:
6634 return "DW_AT_specification";
6635 case DW_AT_static_link:
6636 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6638 return "DW_AT_type";
6639 case DW_AT_use_location:
6640 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6641 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6642 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6643 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6644 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6645 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6646 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6648 case DW_AT_allocated:
6649 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6650 case DW_AT_associated:
6651 return "DW_AT_associated";
6652 case DW_AT_data_location:
6653 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6654 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6655 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6656 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6657 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6658 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6659 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6660 case DW_AT_extension:
6661 return "DW_AT_extension";
6663 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6664 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6665 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6666 case DW_AT_call_column:
6667 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6668 case DW_AT_call_file:
6669 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6670 case DW_AT_call_line:
6671 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6673 case DW_AT_signature:
6674 return "DW_AT_signature";
6675 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6676 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6677 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6678 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6679 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6680 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6681 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6682 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6683 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6684 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6686 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6687 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6688 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6689 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6690 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6691 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6692 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6693 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6694 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6695 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6696 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6697 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6698 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6699 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6700 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6701 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6702 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6703 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6704 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6705 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6706 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6707 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6709 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6710 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6711 case DW_AT_src_info:
6712 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6713 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6714 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6715 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6716 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6717 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6718 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6719 case DW_AT_body_end:
6720 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6721 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6722 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6723 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6724 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6725 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6726 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6727 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6728 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6729 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6730 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6731 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6732 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6733 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6734 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6735 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6736 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6737 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6738 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6739 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6740 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6742 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6743 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6746 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6750 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6753 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6758 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6759 case DW_FORM_block2:
6760 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6761 case DW_FORM_block4:
6762 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6764 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6766 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6768 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6769 case DW_FORM_string:
6770 return "DW_FORM_string";
6772 return "DW_FORM_block";
6773 case DW_FORM_block1:
6774 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6776 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6778 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6780 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6782 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6784 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6785 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6786 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6788 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6790 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6792 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6794 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6795 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6796 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6797 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6798 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6799 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6800 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6801 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6802 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6803 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6804 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6805 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6806 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6808 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6812 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6813 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6814 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6815 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6819 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6821 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6824 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6825 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6826 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6827 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6830 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6831 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6832 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6834 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6837 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6838 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6842 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6844 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6846 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6847 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6849 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6850 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6852 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6853 context = NULL_TREE;
6858 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6861 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6863 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6867 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6868 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6869 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6872 static inline enum dw_val_class
6873 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6875 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6878 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6881 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6885 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6886 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6887 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6888 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6891 static inline unsigned
6892 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6894 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6895 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6898 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6901 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6905 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6906 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6907 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6908 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6911 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6912 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6914 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6915 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6918 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6921 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6922 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6926 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6927 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6928 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6929 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6932 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6933 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6935 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6936 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6939 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6942 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6943 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6947 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6948 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6949 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6950 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6951 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6954 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6957 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6958 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
6962 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6963 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
6964 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
6965 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
6966 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
6967 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6970 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6973 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6974 unsigned char data8[8])
6978 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6979 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
6980 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
6981 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6984 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6987 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
6989 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
6993 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
6995 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
6996 (const char *)x2) == 0;
6999 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7001 static struct indirect_string_node *
7002 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7004 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7007 if (! debug_str_hash)
7008 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7009 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7011 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7012 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7015 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7016 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7017 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7021 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7027 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7030 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7033 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7035 node = find_AT_string (str);
7037 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7038 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7039 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7040 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7043 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7044 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7047 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7054 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7055 ++dw2_string_counter;
7056 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7059 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7060 debug string STR. */
7063 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7065 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7067 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7069 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7071 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7074 static inline const char *
7075 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7077 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7078 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7081 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7082 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7084 static enum dwarf_form
7085 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7087 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7090 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7092 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7096 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7098 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7099 always better to put it inline. */
7100 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7101 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7103 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7104 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7106 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7107 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7108 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7109 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7111 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7113 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7116 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7119 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7123 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7124 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7125 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7126 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7127 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7130 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7131 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7134 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7136 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7137 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7138 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7141 static inline dw_die_ref
7142 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7144 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7145 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7149 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7151 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7152 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7158 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7160 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7161 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7164 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7167 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7171 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7172 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7173 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7174 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7177 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7180 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7184 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7185 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7186 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7187 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7190 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7191 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7193 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7194 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7198 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7202 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7203 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7204 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7205 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7206 have_location_lists = true;
7209 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7210 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7212 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7213 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7216 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7217 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7219 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7220 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7223 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7226 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7230 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7231 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7232 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7233 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7236 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7239 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7241 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7242 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7245 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7248 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7249 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7253 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7254 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7255 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7256 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7259 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7261 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7262 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7264 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7265 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7268 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7271 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7275 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7276 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7277 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7278 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7281 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7282 debug_line section. */
7285 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7290 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7291 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7292 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7293 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7296 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7297 debug_macinfo section. */
7300 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7305 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7306 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7307 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7308 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7311 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7314 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7315 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7319 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7320 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7321 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7322 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7325 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7328 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7329 long unsigned int offset)
7333 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7334 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7335 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7336 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7339 static inline const char *
7340 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7342 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7343 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7344 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7345 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7348 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7351 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7355 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7360 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7361 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7363 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7364 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7368 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7373 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7374 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7375 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7377 static inline const char *
7378 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7380 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7382 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7385 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7386 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7387 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7389 static inline const char *
7390 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7392 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7394 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7397 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7398 NULL if it is not present. */
7400 static inline const char *
7401 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7403 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7405 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7408 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7409 if it is not present. */
7412 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7414 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7416 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7419 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7420 if it is not present. */
7422 static inline unsigned
7423 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7425 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7427 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7430 static inline dw_die_ref
7431 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7433 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7435 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7438 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7439 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7441 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7443 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7446 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
7451 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7453 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
7454 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
7455 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
7458 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7463 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7465 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7468 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7473 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7475 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7476 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7477 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7480 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
7485 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7487 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
7490 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7495 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7497 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7500 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7503 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7511 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7512 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7514 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7515 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7516 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7518 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7520 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7525 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7526 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7529 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7531 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7532 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7535 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7539 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7540 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7541 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7544 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7545 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7548 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7550 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7552 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7553 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7555 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7556 if (prev == old_child)
7558 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7559 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7563 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7564 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7566 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7567 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7570 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7573 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7576 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7577 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7578 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7581 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7585 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7591 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7593 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7595 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7596 /* Might have removed every child. */
7597 if (c == c->die_sib)
7601 } while (c != die->die_child);
7604 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7607 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7609 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7610 if (! die || ! child_die)
7612 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7614 child_die->die_parent = die;
7617 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7618 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7621 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7622 die->die_child = child_die;
7625 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7626 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7627 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7630 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7634 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7635 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7636 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7638 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7644 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7645 || (child->die_parent
7646 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7648 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7649 if (p->die_sib == child)
7651 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7655 add_child_die (parent, child);
7658 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7660 static inline dw_die_ref
7661 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7663 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7665 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7667 if (parent_die != NULL)
7668 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7671 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7673 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7674 limbo_node->die = die;
7675 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7676 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7677 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7683 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7685 static inline dw_die_ref
7686 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7688 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7691 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7694 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7696 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7699 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7702 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7704 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7707 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7710 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7712 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7715 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7717 static inline dw_die_ref
7718 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7720 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7723 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7726 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7728 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7731 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7735 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7737 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7740 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7742 static inline var_loc_list *
7743 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7745 if (!decl_loc_table)
7747 return (var_loc_list *)
7748 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7751 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7754 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7756 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7759 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7761 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7764 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7766 static struct var_loc_node *
7767 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note)
7769 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7772 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
7774 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7777 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7778 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7782 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7786 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7787 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7788 we have nothing to do. */
7789 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
7790 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
7791 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7792 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
7793 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7794 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
7795 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
7796 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
7798 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7799 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7800 temp->last->next = loc;
7806 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7813 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7814 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7815 the DIE internal representation. */
7816 static int print_indent;
7818 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7821 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
7823 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
7826 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7829 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
7833 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
7834 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
7837 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7838 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7841 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
7847 print_spaces (outfile);
7848 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7849 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7850 print_spaces (outfile);
7851 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
7852 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
7853 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
7855 print_spaces (outfile);
7856 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
7857 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7858 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7861 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7863 print_spaces (outfile);
7864 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
7866 switch (AT_class (a))
7868 case dw_val_class_addr:
7869 fprintf (outfile, "address");
7871 case dw_val_class_offset:
7872 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
7874 case dw_val_class_loc:
7875 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
7877 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7878 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
7879 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
7881 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7882 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
7884 case dw_val_class_const:
7885 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
7887 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7888 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
7890 case dw_val_class_const_double:
7891 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
7892 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
7893 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
7894 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
7896 case dw_val_class_vec:
7897 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
7899 case dw_val_class_flag:
7900 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
7902 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7903 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
7905 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
7907 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
7908 print_signature (outfile,
7909 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7911 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
7912 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
7913 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7915 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7918 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
7920 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7921 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7922 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7923 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
7925 case dw_val_class_str:
7926 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
7927 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
7929 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
7931 case dw_val_class_file:
7932 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
7933 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
7935 case dw_val_class_data8:
7939 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
7940 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
7947 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7950 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7953 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
7956 if (print_indent == 0)
7957 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7960 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7961 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7964 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
7967 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
7969 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7970 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
7972 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
7973 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
7974 line_info->dw_file_num,
7975 line_info->dw_line_num);
7978 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
7981 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7984 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
7986 print_die (die, stderr);
7989 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7990 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7996 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
7997 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
7998 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
8001 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8002 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8003 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8006 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
8008 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
8009 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
8011 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8015 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8018 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8020 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8022 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8026 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8027 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8029 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8032 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8036 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8038 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8039 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8042 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8045 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8047 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8050 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8052 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8053 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8054 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8057 switch (AT_class (at))
8059 case dw_val_class_const:
8060 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8062 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8063 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8065 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8066 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8068 case dw_val_class_vec:
8069 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8071 case dw_val_class_flag:
8072 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8074 case dw_val_class_str:
8075 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8078 case dw_val_class_addr:
8080 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8081 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8084 case dw_val_class_offset:
8085 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8088 case dw_val_class_loc:
8089 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8090 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8093 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8094 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8097 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8098 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8099 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8100 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8103 case dw_val_class_file:
8104 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8107 case dw_val_class_data8:
8108 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8116 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8119 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8125 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8128 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8131 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8133 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8135 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8136 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8138 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8142 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8144 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8145 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8146 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8147 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8148 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8149 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8150 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8152 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8155 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8162 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8164 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8165 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8174 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8177 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8181 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8184 /* More bytes to follow. */
8192 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8193 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8196 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8200 int tag = die->die_tag;
8202 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8203 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8204 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8207 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8209 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8213 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8214 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8216 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8217 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8219 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8222 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8225 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8227 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8228 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8229 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8231 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8232 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8236 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8239 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8240 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8241 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8242 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8246 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8249 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8250 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8252 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8255 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8257 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8259 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8260 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8261 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8262 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8263 is complete or not. */
8264 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8265 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8266 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8267 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8268 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8269 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8271 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8273 if (name_attr != NULL)
8275 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8279 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8280 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8281 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8282 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8283 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8284 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8289 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8290 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8291 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8292 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8294 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8295 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8296 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8300 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8304 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8305 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8306 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8307 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8308 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8309 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8314 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8315 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8317 switch (AT_class (at))
8319 case dw_val_class_const:
8320 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8321 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8324 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8325 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8326 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8329 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8330 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8331 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8332 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8335 case dw_val_class_vec:
8336 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8337 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8338 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8341 case dw_val_class_flag:
8342 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8343 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8346 case dw_val_class_str:
8347 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8348 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8351 case dw_val_class_addr:
8353 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8354 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8355 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8358 case dw_val_class_offset:
8359 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8360 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8363 case dw_val_class_loc:
8364 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8365 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8368 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8369 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8370 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8371 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8374 case dw_val_class_file:
8375 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8376 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8379 case dw_val_class_data8:
8380 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8388 struct checksum_attributes
8390 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8418 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8419 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8420 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8421 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8422 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8423 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8424 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8425 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8426 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8427 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8428 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8429 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8430 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8431 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8432 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8433 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8434 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8435 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8436 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8439 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8442 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8447 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8458 attrs->at_friend = a;
8460 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8461 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8463 case DW_AT_address_class:
8464 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8466 case DW_AT_allocated:
8467 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8469 case DW_AT_artificial:
8470 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8472 case DW_AT_associated:
8473 attrs->at_associated = a;
8475 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8476 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8478 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8479 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8481 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8482 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8484 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8485 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8487 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8488 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8490 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8491 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8493 case DW_AT_const_value:
8494 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8496 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8497 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8500 attrs->at_count = a;
8502 case DW_AT_data_location:
8503 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8505 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8506 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8508 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8509 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8511 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8512 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8514 case DW_AT_default_value:
8515 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8517 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8518 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8521 attrs->at_discr = a;
8523 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8524 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8526 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8527 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8529 case DW_AT_encoding:
8530 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8532 case DW_AT_endianity:
8533 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8535 case DW_AT_explicit:
8536 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8538 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8539 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8541 case DW_AT_location:
8542 attrs->at_location = a;
8544 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8545 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8548 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8550 case DW_AT_ordering:
8551 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8553 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8554 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8556 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8557 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8560 attrs->at_small = a;
8563 attrs->at_segment = a;
8565 case DW_AT_string_length:
8566 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8568 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8569 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8571 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8572 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8574 case DW_AT_use_location:
8575 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8577 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8578 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8580 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8581 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8583 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8584 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8586 case DW_AT_visibility:
8587 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8589 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8590 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8598 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8601 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8605 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8607 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8608 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8610 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8612 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8614 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8615 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8645 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8646 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8647 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8648 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8649 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8650 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8651 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8652 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8653 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8654 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8655 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8656 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8657 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8658 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8659 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8660 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8661 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8662 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8663 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8665 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8668 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8671 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8672 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8673 && name_attr != NULL)
8675 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8676 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8677 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8681 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8682 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8684 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8686 } while (c != die->die_child);
8688 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8692 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8693 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8694 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8695 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8697 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8698 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8699 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8700 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8701 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8702 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8703 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8706 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8710 unsigned char checksum[16];
8714 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8715 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8717 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8718 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8719 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8721 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8723 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8725 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8726 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8727 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8729 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8730 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8731 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8733 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8736 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8738 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8740 die->die_mark = mark;
8742 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8743 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8744 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8746 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8747 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
8748 unmark_all_dies (die);
8749 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8751 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8752 type node together. */
8753 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
8754 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
8755 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8756 type_node->type_die = die;
8758 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8761 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8764 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8766 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
8768 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
8769 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
8770 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
8773 /* Do the values look the same? */
8775 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
8777 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
8780 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
8783 switch (v1->val_class)
8785 case dw_val_class_const:
8786 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
8787 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8788 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
8789 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8790 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
8791 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
8792 case dw_val_class_vec:
8793 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
8794 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
8796 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
8797 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
8800 case dw_val_class_flag:
8801 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
8802 case dw_val_class_str:
8803 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
8805 case dw_val_class_addr:
8806 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
8807 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
8808 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
8810 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
8812 case dw_val_class_offset:
8813 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
8815 case dw_val_class_loc:
8816 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
8818 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
8819 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
8821 return !loc1 && !loc2;
8823 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8824 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
8826 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8827 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8828 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8829 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8832 case dw_val_class_file:
8833 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
8835 case dw_val_class_data8:
8836 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
8843 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8846 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
8848 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
8851 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8852 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8853 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8856 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
8859 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8862 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
8868 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8870 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
8871 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8873 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
8876 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
8877 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
8880 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
8881 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
8884 c1 = die1->die_child;
8885 c2 = die2->die_child;
8894 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
8898 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
8900 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
8910 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8913 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
8916 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
8918 unmark_all_dies (die1);
8919 unmark_all_dies (die2);
8924 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8926 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
8928 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8929 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
8931 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8932 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8935 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
8937 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
8938 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
8939 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
8942 unsigned char checksum[16];
8945 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8946 the name filename of the unit. */
8948 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8950 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
8951 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
8952 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8954 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
8955 clean_symbol_name (name);
8957 p = name + strlen (name);
8958 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
8960 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
8964 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
8965 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
8968 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8971 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
8973 switch (die->die_tag)
8975 case DW_TAG_array_type:
8976 case DW_TAG_class_type:
8977 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
8978 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
8979 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
8980 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
8981 case DW_TAG_string_type:
8982 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
8983 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
8984 case DW_TAG_union_type:
8985 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
8986 case DW_TAG_set_type:
8987 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
8988 case DW_TAG_base_type:
8989 case DW_TAG_const_type:
8990 case DW_TAG_file_type:
8991 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
8992 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
8993 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9000 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9001 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9002 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9003 compilations (functions). */
9006 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
9008 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9009 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9010 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9011 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9013 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9016 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9017 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9018 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9019 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9021 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9023 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9026 return is_type_die (c);
9029 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9030 compilation unit. */
9033 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9035 return (is_type_die (c)
9036 || is_declaration_die (c)
9037 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9038 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9042 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9046 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9047 return xstrdup (buf);
9050 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9053 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9057 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9059 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9061 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9063 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9064 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9065 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9068 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9071 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9074 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9077 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9078 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9081 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9083 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9085 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9086 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9088 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9092 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9094 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9095 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9096 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9098 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9102 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9104 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9105 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9115 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9118 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9120 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9121 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9123 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9125 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9126 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9130 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9132 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9138 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9142 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9144 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9145 entry->next = *slot;
9151 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9153 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9155 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9157 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9158 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9162 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9165 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9166 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9167 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9170 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9173 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9174 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9175 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9179 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9181 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9182 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9184 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9186 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9187 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9189 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9190 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9191 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9192 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9194 add_child_die (unit, c);
9196 if (c == die->die_child)
9199 } while (c != die->die_child);
9202 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9203 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9207 assign_symbol_names (die);
9208 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9209 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9215 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9216 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9217 &comdat_symbol_number);
9218 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9220 *pnode = node->next;
9223 pnode = &node->next;
9224 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9225 comdat_symbol_number);
9228 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9231 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9234 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9239 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9240 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9246 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9247 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9250 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9252 switch (die->die_tag)
9254 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9255 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9256 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9257 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9258 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9259 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9262 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9263 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9264 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9265 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9266 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9267 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9268 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9269 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9270 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9271 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9272 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9273 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9274 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9275 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9276 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9282 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9285 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9291 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9292 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9294 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9295 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9300 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9303 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9306 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9308 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9313 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9316 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9323 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9324 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9325 return clone_die (die);
9327 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9328 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9330 return clone_die (decl);
9332 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9333 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9335 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9337 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9338 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9339 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9343 case DW_AT_artificial:
9344 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9345 case DW_AT_external:
9348 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9349 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9350 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9352 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9358 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9359 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9361 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9365 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9366 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9367 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9368 attached to the specification. */
9371 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9374 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9376 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9385 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9386 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9387 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9389 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9391 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9393 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9394 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9395 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9396 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9399 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9402 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9403 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9404 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9406 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9407 if (new_decl != NULL)
9409 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9410 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9415 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9416 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9419 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9421 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9424 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9426 if (node->parent != NULL)
9428 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9429 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9433 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9434 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9435 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9438 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9440 skeleton_chain_node node;
9443 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9444 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9446 node.parent = parent;
9448 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9452 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9455 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9457 node.new_die = NULL;
9458 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9460 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9461 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9462 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9463 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9464 move_all_children (c, clone);
9466 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9467 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9468 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9472 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9473 } while (next != NULL);
9476 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9479 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9481 skeleton_chain_node node;
9484 node.new_die = NULL;
9487 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9488 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9489 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9490 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9492 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9493 return node.new_die;
9496 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9497 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9498 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9499 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9500 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9501 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9504 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9506 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9508 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9509 if (skeleton == NULL)
9510 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9513 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9514 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9520 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9521 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9524 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9528 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9529 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9530 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9532 first = c = die->die_child;
9536 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9539 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9540 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9542 dw_die_ref replacement;
9543 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9545 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9546 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9547 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9548 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9549 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9550 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9551 type_node->root_die = unit;
9552 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9553 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9555 /* Generate the type signature. */
9556 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9558 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9559 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9560 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9562 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9563 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9565 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9566 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9568 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9569 add_child_die (unit, c);
9571 if (replacement != NULL)
9574 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9575 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9576 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9577 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9579 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9580 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9582 } while (next != NULL);
9585 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9587 struct decl_table_entry
9593 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9596 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9598 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9599 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9601 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9605 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9607 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9608 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9609 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9611 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9615 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9617 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9622 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9623 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9624 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9625 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9628 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9630 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9631 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9634 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9638 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9639 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9640 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9641 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9643 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9647 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9648 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9656 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9659 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9660 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9661 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9664 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9665 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9667 if (decl_table != NULL)
9669 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9671 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9678 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9679 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9683 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9689 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9691 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9693 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9694 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9696 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9698 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9701 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9702 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9704 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9706 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9707 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9708 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9709 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9713 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9714 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9716 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9720 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9721 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9722 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9723 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9724 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9729 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9730 into the new type unit. */
9731 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9732 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9733 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9734 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9737 add_child_die (parent, copy);
9738 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
9740 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9741 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9742 get visited otherwise. */
9744 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
9749 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
9752 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9753 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9754 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9755 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9756 don't have an external reference. */
9759 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
9764 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
9765 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
9766 htab_delete (decl_table);
9770 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9771 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9772 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9775 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
9779 if (! die->die_child)
9782 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
9783 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
9785 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
9788 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9791 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
9797 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9798 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
9799 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
9801 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
9804 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9805 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9806 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9807 die are visited recursively. */
9810 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
9812 unsigned long abbrev_id;
9813 unsigned int n_alloc;
9818 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9819 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9820 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9821 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9822 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
9824 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
9825 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
9828 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
9830 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
9831 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
9835 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
9837 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
9840 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
9841 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
9844 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
9846 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
9847 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
9848 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
9858 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
9860 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
9862 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9863 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
9866 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
9867 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9868 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
9871 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
9872 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
9875 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
9876 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
9879 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9882 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
9889 log = floor_log2 (value);
9892 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
9897 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9898 .debug_info section. */
9900 static unsigned long
9901 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
9903 unsigned long size = 0;
9907 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
9908 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9910 switch (AT_class (a))
9912 case dw_val_class_addr:
9913 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9915 case dw_val_class_offset:
9916 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9918 case dw_val_class_loc:
9920 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
9923 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9924 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
9926 size += constant_size (lsize);
9930 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
9931 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9933 case dw_val_class_range_list:
9934 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9936 case dw_val_class_const:
9937 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
9939 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9940 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
9942 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9943 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
9944 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
9947 case dw_val_class_vec:
9948 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9949 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
9950 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9951 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
9953 case dw_val_class_flag:
9954 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9955 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9956 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9957 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9958 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9959 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9960 the same abbrev entry. */
9961 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
9965 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9966 if (AT_ref_external (a))
9968 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9969 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9970 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9971 it's always sized as an offset. */
9972 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9973 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
9974 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
9975 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9977 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9980 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9982 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9983 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9985 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9986 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9988 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9989 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9990 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9992 case dw_val_class_str:
9993 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
9994 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9996 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
9998 case dw_val_class_file:
9999 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
10001 case dw_val_class_data8:
10005 gcc_unreachable ();
10012 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10013 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10014 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10015 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10018 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10022 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10023 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10025 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10027 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10028 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10029 next_die_offset += 1;
10032 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10033 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10034 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10035 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10038 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10042 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10045 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10048 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10051 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10055 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10056 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10059 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10062 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10065 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10071 if (!die->die_mark)
10075 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10077 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10078 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10079 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10082 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10083 generated for the compilation unit. */
10085 static unsigned long
10086 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10088 unsigned long size;
10092 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10093 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10094 if (names != pubtype_table
10095 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10096 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10097 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10099 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10103 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10105 static unsigned long
10106 size_of_aranges (void)
10108 unsigned long size;
10110 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10112 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10113 if (text_section_used)
10114 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10115 if (cold_text_section_used)
10116 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10117 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10119 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10120 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10124 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10126 static enum dwarf_form
10127 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10129 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10131 case dw_val_class_addr:
10132 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10133 switch (a->dw_attr)
10136 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10137 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10138 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10139 return DW_FORM_addr;
10143 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10146 return DW_FORM_data1;
10148 return DW_FORM_data2;
10150 return DW_FORM_data4;
10152 return DW_FORM_data8;
10154 gcc_unreachable ();
10156 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10157 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10158 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10159 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
10161 case dw_val_class_offset:
10162 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10165 return DW_FORM_data4;
10167 return DW_FORM_data8;
10169 gcc_unreachable ();
10171 case dw_val_class_loc:
10172 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10173 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
10174 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10177 return DW_FORM_block1;
10179 return DW_FORM_block2;
10181 gcc_unreachable ();
10183 case dw_val_class_const:
10184 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10185 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10186 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10189 return DW_FORM_data1;
10191 return DW_FORM_data2;
10193 return DW_FORM_data4;
10195 return DW_FORM_data8;
10197 gcc_unreachable ();
10199 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10200 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10203 return DW_FORM_data2;
10205 return DW_FORM_data4;
10207 return DW_FORM_data8;
10210 return DW_FORM_block1;
10212 case dw_val_class_vec:
10213 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10214 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10217 return DW_FORM_block1;
10219 return DW_FORM_block2;
10221 return DW_FORM_block4;
10223 gcc_unreachable ();
10225 case dw_val_class_flag:
10226 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10228 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10229 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10230 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10231 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10232 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10233 the same abbrev entry. */
10234 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10235 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
10237 return DW_FORM_flag;
10238 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10239 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10240 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10242 return DW_FORM_ref;
10243 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10244 return DW_FORM_data;
10245 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10246 return DW_FORM_addr;
10247 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10248 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10249 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
10250 case dw_val_class_str:
10251 return AT_string_form (a);
10252 case dw_val_class_file:
10253 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10256 return DW_FORM_data1;
10258 return DW_FORM_data2;
10260 return DW_FORM_data4;
10262 gcc_unreachable ();
10265 case dw_val_class_data8:
10266 return DW_FORM_data8;
10269 gcc_unreachable ();
10273 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10276 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10278 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10280 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10283 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10287 output_abbrev_section (void)
10289 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10291 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10293 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10295 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10297 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10298 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10299 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10301 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10302 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10304 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10306 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10309 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10310 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10311 output_value_format (a_attr);
10314 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10315 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10318 /* Terminate the table. */
10319 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10322 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10325 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10327 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10332 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10333 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10334 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10336 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10338 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10341 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10344 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10345 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10346 const char *section)
10348 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10350 retlist->begin = begin;
10351 retlist->end = end;
10352 retlist->expr = expr;
10353 retlist->section = section;
10358 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10359 hasn't got one yet. */
10362 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10364 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10365 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10368 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10371 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10373 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10375 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10377 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10378 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10380 unsigned long size;
10381 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10382 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10384 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10386 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10387 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10388 list_head->ll_symbol);
10389 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10390 "Location list end address (%s)",
10391 list_head->ll_symbol);
10395 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10396 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10397 list_head->ll_symbol);
10398 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10399 "Location list end address (%s)",
10400 list_head->ll_symbol);
10402 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10404 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10405 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10406 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10408 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10411 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10412 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10413 list_head->ll_symbol);
10414 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10415 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10416 list_head->ll_symbol);
10419 /* Output a type signature. */
10422 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10426 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10427 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10430 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10431 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10434 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10438 unsigned long size;
10441 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10442 them to point to. */
10443 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10444 output_die_symbol (die);
10446 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
10447 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10448 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10450 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10452 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10454 switch (AT_class (a))
10456 case dw_val_class_addr:
10457 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10460 case dw_val_class_offset:
10461 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10465 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10467 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10469 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10470 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10471 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10472 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10477 case dw_val_class_loc:
10478 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10480 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10481 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10482 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
10484 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10486 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10489 case dw_val_class_const:
10490 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10491 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10492 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10493 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10496 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10497 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10498 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10501 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10503 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10505 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10506 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10507 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10508 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10511 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10513 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10514 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10518 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10519 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10522 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10524 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10529 case dw_val_class_vec:
10531 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10532 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10536 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10537 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10538 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10543 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10545 i++, p += elt_size)
10546 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10547 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10551 case dw_val_class_flag:
10552 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10554 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10555 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10556 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10557 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10558 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10559 the same abbrev entry. */
10560 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
10561 if (flag_debug_asm)
10562 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10563 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
10566 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10569 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10571 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10574 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10579 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10580 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10582 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10584 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10585 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10587 gcc_assert (type_node);
10588 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10592 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10596 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10597 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10599 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10600 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10602 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10603 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10609 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10610 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10615 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10619 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10620 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10621 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10626 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10627 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10630 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10631 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10632 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10635 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10636 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10637 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10640 case dw_val_class_str:
10641 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10642 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10643 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10645 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10647 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10650 case dw_val_class_file:
10652 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10654 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10655 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10659 case dw_val_class_data8:
10663 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10664 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10665 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10670 gcc_unreachable ();
10674 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10676 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10677 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10678 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
10679 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10682 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10683 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10686 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10688 int ver = dwarf_version;
10690 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
10691 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
10692 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
10695 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10696 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10697 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10698 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10699 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10700 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10701 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10702 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10703 debug_abbrev_section,
10704 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10705 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10708 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10711 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10713 const char *secname;
10714 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10716 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10717 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10720 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10721 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10722 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10723 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10724 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10727 build_abbrev_table (die);
10729 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10730 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10731 calc_die_sizes (die);
10733 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10736 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10738 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10740 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10741 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10744 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
10746 /* Output debugging information. */
10747 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10750 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10751 output_pubnames. */
10755 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
10759 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10762 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
10764 const char *secname;
10767 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10771 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10772 mark_dies (node->root_die);
10774 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
10776 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10777 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10778 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
10780 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10781 secname = ".debug_types";
10782 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10783 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
10784 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10785 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10786 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
10787 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
10788 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
10791 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10792 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10793 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10794 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10796 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10799 /* Output debugging information. */
10800 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10801 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
10802 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
10803 "Offset to Type DIE");
10804 output_die (node->root_die);
10806 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
10809 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10811 static const char *
10812 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
10814 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
10817 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10820 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
10825 e.name = xstrdup (str);
10826 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
10830 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10832 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10834 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10836 add_pubname_string (name, die);
10840 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10843 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10848 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10849 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
10850 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
10855 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
10857 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10858 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
10859 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
10860 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
10861 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
10863 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
10868 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10870 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
10873 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10874 it to the table. */
10875 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
10876 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
10880 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10881 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10884 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10887 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
10890 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10891 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10892 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10893 if (names == pubname_table)
10894 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10895 "Length of Public Names Info");
10897 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10898 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10899 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10900 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10901 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10902 debug_info_section,
10903 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10904 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
10905 "Compilation Unit Length");
10907 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
10909 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10910 if (names == pubname_table)
10911 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
10913 if (names != pubtype_table
10914 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
10915 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10917 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
10920 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
10924 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10927 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10930 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10932 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10935 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
10937 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10938 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
10939 arange_table_allocated);
10940 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
10941 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10944 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
10947 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10948 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10949 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10952 output_aranges (void)
10955 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
10957 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10958 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10959 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10960 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
10961 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10962 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10963 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10964 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10965 debug_info_section,
10966 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10967 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
10968 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10970 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10971 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
10973 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10975 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10976 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
10977 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
10978 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
10981 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10982 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10983 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10984 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10985 confused with the terminator. */
10986 if (text_section_used)
10988 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
10989 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
10990 text_section_label, "Length");
10992 if (cold_text_section_used)
10994 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
10996 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
10997 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
11000 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
11002 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
11004 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11005 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
11007 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11009 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
11011 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
11012 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
11016 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11017 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11018 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11019 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
11020 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11022 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
11025 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
11027 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11028 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
11029 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11030 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
11035 /* Output the terminator words. */
11036 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11037 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11040 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11043 static unsigned int
11044 add_ranges_num (int num)
11046 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11048 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11050 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11051 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11052 ranges_table_allocated);
11053 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11054 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11057 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11058 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11060 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11063 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11064 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11066 static unsigned int
11067 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11069 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11072 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11076 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11079 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11080 unsigned int offset;
11082 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11084 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11085 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11087 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11088 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11089 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11090 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11093 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11094 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11095 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11097 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11100 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11106 output_ranges (void)
11109 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
11110 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11112 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11114 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11118 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11119 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11121 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11122 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11124 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11125 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11126 base of the text section. */
11127 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11129 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11130 text_section_label,
11131 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11132 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11133 text_section_label, NULL);
11136 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11137 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11138 about whether the target supports cross-section
11142 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11143 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11144 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11150 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11151 else if (block_num < 0)
11153 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11155 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11157 gcc_unreachable ();
11159 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11160 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11161 the #if 0 above. */
11162 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11163 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11164 text_section_label,
11165 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11166 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11167 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11168 text_section_label, NULL);
11173 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11174 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11175 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11176 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11177 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11183 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11184 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11190 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11193 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11194 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11195 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11196 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11197 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11200 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11204 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11205 int length; /* Path length. */
11206 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11207 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11208 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11211 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11212 the directories in the path. */
11215 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11217 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11218 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11219 const unsigned char *cp1;
11220 const unsigned char *cp2;
11222 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11223 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11224 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11225 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11226 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11227 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11228 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11230 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11231 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11237 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11238 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11239 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11240 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11241 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11243 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11244 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11245 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11249 struct file_name_acquire_data
11251 struct file_info *files;
11256 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11259 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11261 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11262 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11263 struct file_info *fi;
11266 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11268 if (! d->emitted_number)
11271 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11273 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11275 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11277 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11280 /* Create a new array entry. */
11282 fi->length = strlen (f);
11285 /* Search for the file name part. */
11286 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11287 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11289 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11293 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11299 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11303 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11304 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11305 slowdowns with many input files. */
11308 output_file_names (void)
11310 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11312 struct file_info *files;
11313 struct dir_info *dirs;
11321 if (!last_emitted_file)
11323 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11324 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11328 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11330 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11331 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11332 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11334 fnad.files = files;
11335 fnad.used_files = 0;
11336 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11337 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11338 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11340 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11342 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11343 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11344 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11345 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11347 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11348 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11351 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11352 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11353 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11354 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11356 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11357 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11358 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11364 /* This is a new directory. */
11365 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11366 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11367 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11368 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11369 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11371 /* Search for a prefix. */
11372 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11373 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11374 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11375 && dirs[j].length > 1
11376 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11377 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11378 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11379 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11384 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11385 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11386 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11387 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11388 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11389 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11390 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11391 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11393 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11394 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11399 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11400 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11401 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11402 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11404 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11407 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11409 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11413 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11414 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11415 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11419 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11420 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11422 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11423 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11428 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11430 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11432 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11433 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11434 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11436 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11437 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11439 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11440 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11445 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11446 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11447 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11448 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11450 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11451 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
11453 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11455 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11456 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11457 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11458 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11459 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11460 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11462 /* Now write all the file names. */
11463 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11465 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11466 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11468 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11469 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11471 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11472 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11477 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11478 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11479 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11480 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11482 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11483 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11484 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11486 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11487 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11489 /* Include directory index. */
11490 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11492 /* Modification time. */
11493 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11494 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11498 /* File length in bytes. */
11499 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11500 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11504 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11505 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11507 /* Include directory index. */
11508 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11510 /* Modification time. */
11511 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11513 /* File length in bytes. */
11514 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11518 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11522 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11523 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11526 output_line_info (void)
11528 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11529 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11530 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11532 unsigned n_op_args;
11533 unsigned long lt_index;
11534 unsigned long current_line;
11537 unsigned long current_file;
11538 unsigned long function;
11539 int ver = dwarf_version;
11541 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
11542 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
11543 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
11547 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11548 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11549 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11550 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11552 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11553 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11554 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11555 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11556 "Length of Source Line Info");
11557 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11559 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11560 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11561 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11563 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11564 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11565 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11566 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11567 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11568 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11569 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11570 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11571 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11572 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11574 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11575 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11576 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11577 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11578 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11579 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11581 "Special Opcode Base");
11583 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11587 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11588 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11589 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11590 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11591 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11599 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
11603 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11604 output_file_names ();
11605 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11607 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11608 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11609 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11611 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11612 a series of state machine operations. */
11616 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11617 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11619 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11620 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11622 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11625 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11626 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11629 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11630 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11631 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11632 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11633 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11637 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11639 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11640 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11641 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11642 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11643 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11644 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11646 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11649 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11651 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11652 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11656 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11657 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11658 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11659 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11660 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11661 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11664 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11666 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11667 different from the previous line. */
11668 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11670 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11671 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11672 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11675 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11676 that uses the least amount of space. */
11677 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11679 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11680 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11681 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11682 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11683 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11684 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11686 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11687 "line %lu", current_line);
11690 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11691 depending on the value being encoded. */
11692 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11693 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11694 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11695 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11699 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11700 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11703 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11706 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11707 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11708 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11712 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11713 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11714 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11715 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11718 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11719 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11720 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11725 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11727 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11728 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11731 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11732 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11733 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11734 && line_info->function == function)
11738 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11739 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11740 to handle it differently. */
11741 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11743 if (function != line_info->function)
11745 function = line_info->function;
11747 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11748 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11749 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11750 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11751 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11755 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11758 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11759 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11760 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11764 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11765 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11766 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11767 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11771 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11773 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11774 different from the previous line. */
11775 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11777 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11778 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11779 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11782 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11783 that uses the least amount of space. */
11784 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11786 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11787 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11788 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11789 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11791 "line %lu", current_line);
11794 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11795 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11796 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11797 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11809 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11810 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
11811 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
11816 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11817 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
11820 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11821 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11822 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11827 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11828 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11829 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11832 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11834 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11835 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11839 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11840 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
11843 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11845 static unsigned long
11846 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11848 unsigned long size;
11851 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11853 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11854 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
11856 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11857 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11859 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
11860 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11861 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11863 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11864 gcc_assert (poc_die);
11865 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11867 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11868 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
11870 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
11876 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11877 identical function have been merged. */
11880 output_dcall_table (void)
11883 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
11885 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11886 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11888 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11889 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11890 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11891 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
11892 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11893 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11894 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11895 debug_info_section,
11896 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11897 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11899 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11901 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11902 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11904 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11905 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11908 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
11909 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
11910 "Caller DIE offset");
11913 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11914 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11915 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
11916 "Callee DIE offset");
11920 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11922 static unsigned long
11923 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11925 unsigned long size;
11929 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11932 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11933 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11934 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
11939 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11940 identical function have been merged. */
11943 output_vcall_table (void)
11946 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
11948 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11950 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11951 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11952 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11953 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
11954 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11955 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11956 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11958 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11960 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11961 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11962 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
11966 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11967 a DIE that describes the given type.
11969 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11970 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11973 base_type_die (tree type)
11975 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
11976 enum dwarf_type encoding;
11978 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
11981 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11982 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11983 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
11984 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11986 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11989 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
11991 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11992 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
11994 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
11996 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11997 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
11999 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
12003 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
12005 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
12006 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
12008 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12011 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
12014 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12015 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
12016 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12017 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12018 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
12020 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
12023 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12024 a user defined type for it. */
12026 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
12027 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
12029 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12033 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12034 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
12038 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12039 gcc_unreachable ();
12042 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12044 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12045 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
12046 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
12048 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12049 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12050 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12052 return base_type_result;
12055 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12056 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12059 is_base_type (tree type)
12061 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12067 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12075 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12076 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12077 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12080 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12087 gcc_unreachable ();
12093 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12094 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12095 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12096 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12097 ERROR_MARK node. */
12099 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12100 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12102 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12103 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12104 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12106 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12107 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12109 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12112 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12113 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12116 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12118 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12119 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12121 if (context_die == NULL)
12122 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12124 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12126 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12128 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12129 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12130 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12134 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12136 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12138 return subrange_die;
12141 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12142 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12145 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12146 dw_die_ref context_die)
12148 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12149 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12150 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12151 tree item_type = NULL;
12152 tree qualified_type;
12153 tree name, low, high;
12155 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12158 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12161 = get_qualified_type (type,
12162 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12163 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12165 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12166 if (qualified_type)
12168 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12170 return mod_type_die;
12173 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12175 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12176 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
12178 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12180 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12182 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12183 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12184 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12186 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12187 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12188 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12189 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12190 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12191 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12192 type to which it refers. */
12193 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12194 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12196 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12201 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12202 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12204 else if (is_volatile_type)
12206 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12207 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12209 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12211 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12212 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12213 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12214 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12215 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12216 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12217 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12219 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12221 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12222 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12223 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12224 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12225 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12226 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12227 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12229 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12230 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12231 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12233 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12234 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12236 else if (is_base_type (type))
12237 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12240 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12242 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12243 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12244 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12245 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12246 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12248 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12249 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12251 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12252 not the main variant. */
12253 return lookup_type_die (type);
12256 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12257 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12258 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12259 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12260 if the base type already has the same name. */
12262 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12263 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12264 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12265 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12266 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12267 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12269 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12270 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12271 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12272 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12273 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12274 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12277 if (qualified_type)
12278 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12281 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12282 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12283 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12284 types are possible in Ada. */
12285 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12286 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12287 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12290 if (sub_die != NULL)
12291 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12293 return mod_type_die;
12296 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12297 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12298 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12301 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12305 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12307 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12311 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12312 else if (DECL_P (t))
12313 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12317 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12319 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12320 or function. End of story. */
12323 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12324 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12325 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12327 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12329 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12330 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12331 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12332 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12334 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12336 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12337 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12338 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12339 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12340 an argument pack. */
12341 if (arg_pack_elems)
12342 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12346 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12347 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12352 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12353 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12354 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12355 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12356 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12358 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12359 as a child node. */
12362 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12364 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12366 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12367 const char *name = NULL;
12369 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12372 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12373 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12374 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12376 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12377 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12378 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12379 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12380 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12381 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12382 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12383 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12384 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12385 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12386 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12387 name of the template template argument. */
12388 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12391 gcc_unreachable ();
12397 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12398 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12399 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12400 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12404 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12406 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12409 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12411 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12412 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12413 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12414 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12415 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12416 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12417 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12418 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12423 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12424 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12425 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12427 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12428 to the name of the argument. */
12429 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12431 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12434 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12435 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12436 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12437 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12439 We must be careful here:
12440 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12441 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12442 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12443 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12444 emitted after cgraph computations.
12445 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12446 after cgraph is ready. */
12447 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12453 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12454 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12455 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12458 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12459 tree parm_pack_args,
12460 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12465 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12467 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12468 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12469 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12470 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12471 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12472 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12477 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12478 an enumerated type. */
12481 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12483 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12486 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12488 static unsigned int
12489 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12491 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12493 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12495 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12496 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12498 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12499 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12500 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12504 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12507 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12508 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12509 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12512 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12514 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12516 if (*list_head != NULL)
12518 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12519 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12522 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12523 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12527 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12528 zero if there is none. */
12530 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12531 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12535 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12538 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12540 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12541 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12543 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12546 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12547 a given hard register number. */
12549 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12550 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12552 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12556 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12558 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12560 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12561 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12563 return reg_loc_descr;
12566 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12567 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12569 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12570 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12571 enum var_init_status initialized)
12573 int nregs, size, i;
12575 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12578 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12579 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12581 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12582 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12583 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12586 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12587 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12589 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12590 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12592 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12597 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12599 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12600 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12601 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12602 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12608 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12610 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12612 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12615 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12617 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12619 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12620 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12621 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12622 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12623 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12626 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12627 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12631 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12633 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12635 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12637 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12638 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12640 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12642 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12643 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12647 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12648 else if (i <= 0xff)
12649 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12650 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12651 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12652 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12653 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12654 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12661 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12662 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12663 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12664 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12665 || i >= -0x80000000)
12666 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12671 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12675 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12676 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12677 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12679 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12680 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12683 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12685 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12692 else if (i <= 0xff)
12694 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12696 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12697 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12700 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12706 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12708 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12709 || i >= -0x80000000)
12712 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12714 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12715 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12716 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12717 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12718 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12719 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12721 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12722 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12723 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12727 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12729 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12730 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
12734 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12736 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12737 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
12738 enum var_init_status initialized)
12740 unsigned int regno;
12741 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
12742 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
12744 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12745 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12746 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12747 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12748 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12750 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
12754 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
12756 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
12757 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
12759 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12760 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12761 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
12762 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
12763 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12764 : stack_pointer_rtx));
12766 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12767 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12768 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12769 access stack variables. */
12770 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
12771 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12774 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
12775 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12776 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
12777 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
12780 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
12781 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12786 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
12787 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
12789 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12790 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
12791 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
12792 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
12793 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
12794 else in other part of the routine. */
12795 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12798 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
12800 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
12803 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
12805 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12806 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12811 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12814 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
12816 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
12817 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
12818 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12819 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
12822 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12825 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12826 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
12829 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
12831 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
12834 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
12836 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
12837 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
12840 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
12841 if (loc_result == NULL)
12844 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
12845 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
12850 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12854 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
12856 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
12858 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12860 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
12863 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
12864 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
12866 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
12870 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12871 or via for_each_rtx. */
12874 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12878 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
12880 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
12881 we can't express it in the debug info. */
12882 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12883 inform (current_function_decl
12884 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
12885 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
12886 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
12889 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12890 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
12894 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
12897 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
12900 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
12901 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12902 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12905 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12906 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12911 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
12914 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12915 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12916 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12917 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12918 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12919 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
12921 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
12923 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
12925 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12926 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12934 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12935 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12936 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12939 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
12941 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
12942 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
12944 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
12945 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
12950 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12951 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12952 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12953 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12955 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12956 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12957 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12958 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12960 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12961 autoincrement addressing modes.
12963 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12964 location list for RTL.
12966 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12968 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12969 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
12970 enum var_init_status initialized)
12972 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
12973 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12974 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
12976 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12977 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12978 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12979 zeroth element of the array. */
12981 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
12983 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12988 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
12991 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12992 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12993 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12994 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12995 contains the given subreg. */
12996 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
12998 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
12999 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13001 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
13003 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
13007 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13008 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13009 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13010 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13011 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13012 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13013 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13014 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13015 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13016 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13017 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13018 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13019 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13020 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13021 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13022 else if (stack_realign_drap
13024 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
13025 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13027 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13028 out, use DRAP instead. */
13029 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
13030 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13036 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13037 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13042 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13043 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13044 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13045 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13049 mem_loc_result = op0;
13050 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13051 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13052 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13053 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13058 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13059 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13060 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13061 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13062 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13064 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13066 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13069 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13070 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13072 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13073 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13074 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13078 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13079 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13080 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13085 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13087 /* ... fall through ... */
13090 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13091 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13095 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13096 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13098 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13100 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13101 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13104 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13105 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13106 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13107 temp->dtprel = true;
13109 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13110 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13115 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13119 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13120 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13121 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13122 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13128 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13129 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13133 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13134 PLUS code below. */
13135 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13140 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13142 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13143 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13144 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13145 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13147 /* ... fall through ... */
13151 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13152 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13153 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13154 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13157 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13158 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13159 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13162 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13163 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13166 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13167 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13168 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13169 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13171 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13172 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13173 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13178 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13179 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13221 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13222 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13223 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13224 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13226 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13229 mem_loc_result = op0;
13230 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13231 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13235 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13236 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13237 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13238 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13240 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13243 mem_loc_result = op0;
13244 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13245 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13246 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13247 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13248 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13249 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13265 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13266 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13271 mem_loc_result = op0;
13272 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13276 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13304 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13305 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13309 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13311 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13312 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13313 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13316 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13317 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13318 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13319 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13321 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13324 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13325 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13327 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13328 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13329 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13330 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13331 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13333 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13335 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13336 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13339 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13340 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13342 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13343 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13344 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13345 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13346 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13347 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13348 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13349 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13350 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13351 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13352 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13353 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13354 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13355 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13356 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13357 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13358 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13361 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13362 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13363 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13364 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13367 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13368 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13374 mem_loc_result = op0;
13375 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13376 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13377 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13379 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13380 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13381 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13402 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13403 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13407 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13409 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13410 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13411 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13414 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13415 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13416 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13417 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13419 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13422 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13423 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13425 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13426 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13428 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13429 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13432 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13433 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13435 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13436 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13437 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13438 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13439 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13440 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13442 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13443 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13445 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13446 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13447 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13448 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13449 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13450 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13452 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13453 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13458 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13459 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13460 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13461 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13462 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13463 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13465 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13475 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13476 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13477 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13480 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13481 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13482 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13483 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13485 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13488 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13489 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13490 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13491 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13493 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13495 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13496 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13497 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13498 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13499 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13503 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13504 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13505 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13506 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13509 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13511 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13512 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13513 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13514 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13515 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13516 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13517 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13520 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13524 mem_loc_result = op0;
13525 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13526 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13528 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13530 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13531 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13532 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13533 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13534 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13535 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13536 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13542 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13543 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13544 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13545 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13546 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13547 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13548 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13551 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13552 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13555 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13559 mem_loc_result = op0;
13560 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13561 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13562 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13563 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13565 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13567 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13568 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13570 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13572 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13574 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13575 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13576 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13586 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13587 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13614 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13616 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13619 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13620 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13622 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13634 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
13637 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13638 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13643 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13647 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13648 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13649 gcc_unreachable ();
13655 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13656 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13658 return mem_loc_result;
13661 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13662 This is typically a complex variable. */
13664 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13665 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13667 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13668 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13669 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13670 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13671 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13673 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13676 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13677 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13679 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13680 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13682 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13683 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13685 return cc_loc_result;
13688 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13691 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13692 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13695 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13696 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13698 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13700 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13701 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13703 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13707 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13708 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13711 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13712 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13714 return cc_loc_result;
13717 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13718 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13719 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13720 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13721 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13723 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13724 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13725 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13727 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13729 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13730 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13731 enum var_init_status initialized)
13733 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13735 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13738 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13739 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13740 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13741 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13742 contains the given subreg. */
13743 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
13747 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13752 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13756 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13758 if (loc_result == NULL)
13759 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13760 if (loc_result == NULL)
13762 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13763 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13764 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13769 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
13774 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13779 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
13781 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
13782 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
13783 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
13784 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
13788 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13793 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
13794 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
13795 enum machine_mode mode;
13798 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13799 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
13800 VOIDmode, initialized);
13801 if (loc_result == NULL)
13803 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
13804 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13805 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
13807 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13809 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
13810 VOIDmode, initialized);
13813 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
13814 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
13815 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13821 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
13822 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
13827 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13828 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13830 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13832 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13834 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13835 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13836 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13837 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13838 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13839 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13840 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13842 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13843 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
13845 insert_float (rtl, array);
13846 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13847 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13848 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13849 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13853 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
13854 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.high
13855 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl);
13856 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.low
13857 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl);
13863 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13864 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13866 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13868 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
13869 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
13870 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
13874 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13875 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
13877 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
13878 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13880 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13881 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
13883 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
13891 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
13892 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
13896 gcc_unreachable ();
13899 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
13900 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
13903 unsigned char *p0 = p;
13904 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
13906 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
13907 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13912 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
13913 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
13918 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
13919 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13921 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13922 insert_float (elt, p);
13927 gcc_unreachable ();
13930 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13931 length * elt_size, 0);
13932 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13933 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
13934 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
13935 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13940 if (mode == VOIDmode
13941 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
13942 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13943 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
13945 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13950 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13953 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13954 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13956 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13957 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13958 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13959 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13960 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13965 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
13966 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13967 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13969 /* Value expression. */
13970 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
13972 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13973 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13981 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13982 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13983 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13984 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13985 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13986 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13988 static const char *
13989 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
13991 const char *secname;
13993 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
13995 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
13996 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13998 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
14000 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
14001 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14003 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
14004 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
14006 secname = text_section_label;
14011 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14014 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
14016 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
14017 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
14018 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
14021 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14024 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14025 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
14026 enum var_init_status initialized)
14028 int have_address = 0;
14029 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14030 enum machine_mode mode;
14032 if (want_address != 2)
14034 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
14036 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14038 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14039 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14040 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14041 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
14042 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14044 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14045 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
14050 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
14052 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
14056 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14063 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, DECL_MODE (loc), initialized);
14070 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14071 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14073 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14075 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14076 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14079 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14082 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14083 if (want_address && !have_address)
14085 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14086 "Want address and only have value");
14090 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14091 if (!want_address && have_address)
14093 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14094 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14096 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14098 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14099 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14102 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14105 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14107 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14113 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14114 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14117 static dw_loc_list_ref
14118 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14120 const char *endname, *secname;
14122 enum var_init_status initialized;
14123 struct var_loc_node *node;
14124 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14125 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14126 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14127 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14129 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14130 actually construct the list of locations.
14131 The first location information is what is passed to the
14132 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14133 locations just get added on to that list.
14134 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14135 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14136 the range [current location start, next location start].
14137 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14138 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14140 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14142 for (node = loc_list->first; node->next; node = node->next)
14143 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14145 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14146 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14147 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14148 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14149 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14152 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, node->next->label,
14154 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14158 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14159 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14160 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14162 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14163 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14164 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14167 if (!current_function_decl)
14168 endname = text_end_label;
14171 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14172 current_function_funcdef_no);
14173 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14176 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14177 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14181 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14182 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14183 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14184 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14185 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14187 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14193 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14194 as location description. */
14197 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14199 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14200 return !list->ll_symbol;
14203 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14206 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14208 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14209 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14210 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14213 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14214 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14215 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14216 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14218 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14219 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14220 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14223 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14227 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14228 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14229 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14230 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14232 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14233 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14234 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14235 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14239 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14248 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14250 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14253 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14255 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14259 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14260 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14261 " location lists.\n");
14266 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14267 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14269 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14270 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14272 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14273 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14274 enum machine_mode mode;
14276 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14281 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14283 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14284 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14286 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14288 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14289 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14292 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14293 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14294 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14297 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14298 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14299 into simple arithmetics. */
14301 static dw_loc_list_ref
14302 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14305 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14306 enum machine_mode mode;
14308 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14309 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14311 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14312 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14313 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14315 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14317 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14320 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14322 expansion_failed (obj,
14323 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14326 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14327 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14329 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14330 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14332 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14337 /* Variable offset. */
14338 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14339 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14341 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14344 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14345 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14347 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14349 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14350 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14352 else if (bytepos < 0)
14353 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14354 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14355 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14361 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14362 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14363 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14364 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14365 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14366 to refer to register values). */
14368 static dw_loc_list_ref
14369 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14371 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14372 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14373 int have_address = 0;
14374 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14376 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14377 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14380 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14383 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14386 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14387 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14388 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14389 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14390 the names of types. */
14391 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14395 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14396 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14399 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14400 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14401 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14402 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14403 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14404 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14408 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14409 e.g. for &this->field. */
14412 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14413 (loc, want_address == 2);
14416 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14417 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14420 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14421 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14422 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14426 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14432 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14435 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14436 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14437 bool dtprel = false;
14439 if (targetm.have_tls)
14441 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14443 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14446 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14447 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14449 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14451 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14453 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14457 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14458 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14460 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14461 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14462 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14465 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14466 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14471 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14472 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14475 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14476 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14477 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14478 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14480 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14481 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14489 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14490 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14495 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14498 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14500 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14502 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14503 have_address = want_address != 0;
14506 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14507 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14509 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14512 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14514 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14515 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14516 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14517 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14519 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14521 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14524 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14526 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14527 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14528 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14532 enum machine_mode mode;
14534 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14535 if (want_address == 2)
14537 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14538 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14543 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14546 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14549 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14552 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14553 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14559 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14560 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14561 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14565 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14566 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14569 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14572 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14574 case COMPONENT_REF:
14575 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14577 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14578 case REALPART_EXPR:
14579 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14582 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14583 enum machine_mode mode;
14585 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14587 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14588 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14590 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14592 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14594 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
14595 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14596 for nonzero bitpos. */
14599 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14601 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14602 "bitfield access");
14606 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14608 /* Variable offset. */
14609 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14610 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14612 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14615 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14618 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14620 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14621 else if (bytepos < 0)
14622 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14629 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
14630 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14632 else if (want_address == 2
14633 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
14634 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14635 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
14636 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
14638 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
14639 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
14642 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14643 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14652 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14655 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14656 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14657 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14660 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
14661 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
14666 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
14671 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
14672 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
14677 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
14678 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
14679 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
14680 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
14681 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14690 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
14691 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
14692 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
14693 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
14694 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14699 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14700 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14701 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14704 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14707 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14708 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14709 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
14710 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
14711 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
14723 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
14726 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
14728 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14729 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
14731 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14735 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
14743 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14750 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14757 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14764 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14779 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14780 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14781 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14784 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14787 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14790 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
14804 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14808 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14814 const enum tree_code code =
14815 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
14817 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
14818 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
14819 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
14820 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
14823 /* ... fall through ... */
14827 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14828 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14829 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14830 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
14831 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
14833 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14834 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
14837 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14838 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
14840 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
14841 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
14842 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
14844 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
14845 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14846 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
14848 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14849 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
14850 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
14851 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14852 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
14856 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
14860 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14861 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14862 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
14863 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
14865 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14866 "language specific tree node");
14870 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14871 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14872 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14873 gcc_unreachable ();
14875 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14876 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14881 if (!ret && !list_ret)
14884 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14885 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14887 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14889 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14890 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14894 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14896 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14897 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14900 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14901 if (want_address && !have_address)
14903 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14904 "Want address and only have value");
14908 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
14910 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14911 if (!want_address && have_address)
14913 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14915 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14917 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14918 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14921 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14924 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14927 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14929 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14932 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
14937 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14938 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14939 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14941 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
14944 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
14946 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14947 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14953 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14954 which is not less than the value itself. */
14956 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14957 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
14959 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
14962 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14963 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14964 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14965 ERROR_MARK node. */
14968 field_type (const_tree decl)
14972 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14973 return integer_type_node;
14975 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
14976 if (type == NULL_TREE)
14977 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14982 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14983 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14984 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14986 static inline unsigned
14987 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
14989 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14992 static inline unsigned
14993 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
14995 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14998 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15000 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15001 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
15003 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
15004 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
15005 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
15006 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
15007 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
15013 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
15016 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15017 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15018 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15019 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15020 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15023 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15024 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
15026 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
15027 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
15029 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15032 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15034 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15035 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15036 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15037 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
15040 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
15042 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15043 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
15046 tree field_size_tree;
15047 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
15048 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
15049 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15050 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15051 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
15053 type = field_type (decl);
15054 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
15055 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15057 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15059 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15060 a flexible array member. */
15061 if (!field_size_tree)
15062 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15064 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15065 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
15066 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
15068 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15070 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15072 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15073 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15074 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15075 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15076 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15077 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15078 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15079 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15080 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15082 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15084 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15085 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15086 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15087 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15088 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15089 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15090 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15091 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15092 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15093 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15094 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15096 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15097 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15098 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15099 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15100 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15101 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15102 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15103 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15104 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15105 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15108 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15109 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15110 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15111 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15112 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15113 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15114 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15116 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15117 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15118 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
15120 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15121 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15123 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15125 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15127 object_offset_in_bits
15128 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15130 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
15132 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15134 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15135 object_offset_in_bits
15136 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15141 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15143 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15146 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15147 associated with them. */
15149 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15151 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15152 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15153 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15156 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15157 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15161 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15162 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15164 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15167 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15168 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15169 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15170 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15171 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15172 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15175 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15176 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15177 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15178 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15179 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15180 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15181 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15182 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15183 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15184 function below.) */
15187 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15189 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15190 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15192 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15194 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15195 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15197 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15198 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15199 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15200 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15202 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15204 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15206 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15208 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15209 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15210 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15212 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15213 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15214 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15216 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15217 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15218 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15220 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15221 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15222 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15223 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15225 /* Extract the offset. */
15226 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15227 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15229 /* Add it to the object address. */
15230 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15231 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15234 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15237 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15241 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15243 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15244 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15249 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15251 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15252 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15253 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15255 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15256 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15257 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15261 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15264 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15268 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15271 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15274 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15278 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15284 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15286 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15287 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15289 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15295 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15301 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15304 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15306 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15310 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15311 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15313 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15314 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15316 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15321 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15322 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15323 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15324 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15325 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15328 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15330 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15334 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15337 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15339 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15344 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15345 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15346 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15349 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15351 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15353 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15354 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15356 insert_float (rtl, array);
15357 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15360 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15361 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15367 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15368 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15369 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15370 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15374 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15376 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15377 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15379 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15380 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
15382 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
15390 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
15391 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
15395 gcc_unreachable ();
15398 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15399 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
15402 unsigned char *p0 = p;
15403 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15405 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15406 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15411 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15412 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15417 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15418 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15420 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15421 insert_float (elt, p);
15426 gcc_unreachable ();
15429 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15434 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15436 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15437 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15439 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15440 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15441 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15442 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15443 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15444 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15450 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15451 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15454 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15457 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15462 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15463 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15464 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15465 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15466 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15467 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15468 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15469 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15470 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15471 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15472 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15480 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15481 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15482 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15484 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15490 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15491 gcc_unreachable ();
15496 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15497 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15500 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15501 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15503 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15504 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15506 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15507 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15509 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15510 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15511 be conservative. */
15512 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15513 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15515 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15517 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15521 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15522 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15524 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15525 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15526 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15527 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15528 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15531 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15537 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15538 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15541 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15543 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15545 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15546 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15547 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15549 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15550 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15551 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15553 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15555 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15556 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15557 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15558 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15559 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15561 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15562 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15563 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15564 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15567 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15569 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15571 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15572 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15573 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15575 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15576 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15577 reference variables which won't be output. */
15578 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15579 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15581 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15583 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15584 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15589 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15591 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15592 bool constant_p = true;
15594 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15596 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15597 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15598 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15599 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15600 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15602 constant_p = false;
15608 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15618 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15620 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15621 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15627 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15630 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15634 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15635 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15636 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15638 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15639 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15640 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15641 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15642 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15643 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15644 referenced within the function.
15646 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15647 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15648 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15649 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15651 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15652 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15653 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15654 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15655 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15656 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15658 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15659 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15660 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15661 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15662 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15663 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15664 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15665 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15666 output at debug-time.
15668 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15669 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15670 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15671 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15672 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15673 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15674 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15675 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15676 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15677 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15678 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15679 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15680 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15682 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15683 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15684 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15685 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15686 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15687 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15688 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15689 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15690 I'd like to fix it.
15692 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15693 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15694 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15695 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15696 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15697 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15698 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15699 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15700 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15701 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15702 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15704 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15705 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
15707 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15708 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15709 fixed registers. */
15710 if (! reload_completed)
15713 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
15715 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15717 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15718 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
15720 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15725 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
15727 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
15729 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15730 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
15731 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
15732 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
15734 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15735 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15736 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15737 if (dmode == pmode)
15738 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15739 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
15740 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15741 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15743 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15746 else if (MEM_P (inc))
15748 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15749 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
15750 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15751 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
15758 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15759 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15760 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15761 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15762 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15763 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15765 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
15766 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
15767 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15768 /* Not passed in memory. */
15769 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15770 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15771 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15772 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15773 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15774 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15775 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15778 /* Big endian correction check. */
15779 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15780 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
15781 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
15784 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
15785 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
15787 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15788 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
15791 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15794 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
15795 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15797 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15798 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
15800 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15801 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15802 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15803 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15804 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15805 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15807 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15808 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
15811 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15812 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15813 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15814 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15815 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
15818 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15820 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15821 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15822 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15824 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15826 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15827 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15829 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
15830 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15831 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
15832 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
15833 && DECL_NAME (decl)
15834 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
15835 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
15837 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
15839 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15840 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
15847 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15848 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15849 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15852 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
15854 tree val_expr, cvar;
15855 enum machine_mode mode;
15856 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
15858 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
15860 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15861 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15862 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15863 be handled as such. */
15864 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15865 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
15866 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
15870 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
15871 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
15874 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
15875 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
15877 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
15878 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
15879 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
15880 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
15884 if (offset != NULL)
15886 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
15888 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
15891 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15896 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15897 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15898 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15899 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15900 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15901 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15902 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15903 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15904 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15905 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15908 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
15909 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
15912 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15913 var_loc_list *loc_list;
15915 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15918 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
15919 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
15921 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15924 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
15925 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15926 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15929 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15930 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15931 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15932 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
15935 && loc_list->first == loc_list->last
15936 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->var_loc_note)
15937 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->var_loc_note))
15939 struct var_loc_node *node;
15941 node = loc_list->first;
15942 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note);
15943 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
15944 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15945 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15946 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15949 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15952 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15955 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15956 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15957 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15960 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15963 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
15965 deferred_locations entry;
15966 entry.variable = variable;
15968 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
15971 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15972 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15975 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
15979 if (init == NULL_TREE)
15983 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15986 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15987 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15989 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15990 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15992 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
15994 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15996 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
15998 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
15999 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16000 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
16001 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16004 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
16009 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16010 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16012 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16014 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
16015 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16016 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
16017 constructor_elt *ce;
16019 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
16020 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
16023 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
16024 if (fieldsize <= 0)
16027 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
16028 memset (array, '\0', size);
16030 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16033 tree val = ce->value;
16034 tree index = ce->index;
16036 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16037 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
16040 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
16045 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16048 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16049 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16051 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
16052 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16056 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16057 curpos += fieldsize;
16060 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16064 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16065 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16067 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16068 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16069 constructor_elt *ce;
16071 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16074 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16075 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16078 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16079 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16081 tree val = ce->value;
16082 int pos, fieldsize;
16084 if (ce->index != 0)
16090 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16093 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16094 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16095 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16097 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16098 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16100 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16101 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16102 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16104 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16110 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16111 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16112 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16114 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16118 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16119 attribute is the const value T. */
16122 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16125 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16128 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16132 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16134 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16136 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16137 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16138 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16139 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16141 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16142 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16144 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
16146 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16148 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16156 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16157 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16158 variable with static storage duration
16159 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16162 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16166 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16167 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16170 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16171 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16172 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16177 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16178 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16181 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16184 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16185 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16186 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16187 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16190 static dw_loc_list_ref
16191 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16194 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16196 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16197 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16198 dw_cfa_location remember;
16200 fde = current_fde ();
16201 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16203 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16207 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16208 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16209 remember = next_cfa;
16211 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16213 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16214 advance opcodes. */
16215 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16216 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16218 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16219 last_label = start_label;
16221 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16222 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16224 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16225 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16226 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16227 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16228 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16230 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16231 start_label, last_label, section);
16233 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16234 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16235 start_label = last_label;
16237 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16240 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16241 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16242 gcc_unreachable ();
16245 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16249 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16251 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16252 start_label, last_label, section);
16253 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16254 start_label = last_label;
16257 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16258 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16260 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16266 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16267 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16268 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16269 before the latter is negated. */
16272 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16276 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16277 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16278 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16280 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16281 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16284 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16285 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16287 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16288 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16291 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16292 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16293 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16294 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16295 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16296 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16298 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16301 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16302 the value of the attribute. */
16305 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16307 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16309 if (demangle_name_func)
16310 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16312 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16316 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16319 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16321 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16327 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16331 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16332 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16334 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16335 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16339 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16342 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16343 a representation for that bound. */
16346 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16348 int want_address = 2;
16350 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16355 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16358 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16360 /* Use the default if possible. */
16361 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16362 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
16363 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound))))
16366 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16367 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16368 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16369 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16371 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16372 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16373 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16374 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16376 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16377 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16378 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16379 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16381 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16382 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16387 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16388 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16398 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16400 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16401 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16402 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16403 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16404 later parameter. */
16405 if (decl_die != NULL)
16407 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16416 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16417 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16419 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16420 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16422 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, want_address);
16426 if (single_element_loc_list_p (list))
16428 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list->expr);
16432 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16433 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16435 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16437 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16438 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16439 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16440 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16441 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16447 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16448 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16449 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16450 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16453 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16455 unsigned dimension_number;
16457 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16459 for (dimension_number = 0;
16460 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16461 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16463 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16465 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16468 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16469 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16471 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16474 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16475 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16476 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16478 /* Define the index type. */
16479 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16481 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16482 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16483 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16484 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16485 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16486 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16487 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16490 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16494 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16495 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16497 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16498 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16499 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16501 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16503 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16506 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16507 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16513 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16517 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16522 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16525 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16526 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16529 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16530 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16531 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16532 even for bit-fields. */
16533 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16536 gcc_unreachable ();
16539 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16540 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16541 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16542 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16543 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16546 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16547 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16548 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16551 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16552 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16553 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16554 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16555 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16556 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16558 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16559 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16560 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16563 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16565 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16566 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16567 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16568 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16569 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16570 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
16572 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16573 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16575 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16576 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16577 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16578 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
16579 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16582 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16584 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16585 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16586 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16587 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16588 below must take account of these differences. */
16589 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
16590 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
16592 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16594 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
16595 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
16599 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16600 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
16601 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
16603 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
16606 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16607 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16610 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16612 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16613 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
16614 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
16616 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16617 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
16620 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16621 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16624 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
16626 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
16627 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
16628 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
16631 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16632 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16635 static inline dw_die_ref
16636 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
16638 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
16640 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
16642 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16643 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16644 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16646 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16647 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16651 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
16653 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
16655 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
16658 if (DECL_P (origin))
16659 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
16660 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
16661 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
16663 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16664 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16665 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16666 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16667 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16668 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16669 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16673 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
16677 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16680 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
16682 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
16684 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
16686 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
16687 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
16688 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
16689 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
16692 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16693 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16694 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
16695 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
16696 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
16700 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16703 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16705 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
16707 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
16708 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
16711 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16712 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16715 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16719 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
16720 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
16722 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
16724 add_name_attribute (die, name);
16725 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
16726 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
16728 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
16729 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
16730 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
16731 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
16734 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16735 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
16737 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
16739 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
16740 asm_name->die = die;
16741 asm_name->created_for = decl;
16742 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
16743 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
16745 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
16746 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
16747 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
16751 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16752 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16753 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16754 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
16756 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
16757 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16758 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16763 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16766 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16768 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16771 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16774 pop_decl_scope (void)
16776 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16779 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16780 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16781 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16782 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16783 the current active scope. */
16786 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16788 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16789 tree containing_scope;
16792 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16793 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16795 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16797 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16798 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16800 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16803 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16806 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16807 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16808 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16809 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16810 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16812 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
16813 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16814 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16816 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16817 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16818 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16819 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16820 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16825 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16826 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16828 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16829 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16832 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16835 scope_die = context_die;
16840 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16843 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16845 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16846 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16847 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16853 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16856 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16858 return (context_die
16859 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16860 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16861 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16862 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16865 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16866 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16869 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16871 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16872 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16875 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16876 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16877 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16880 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16881 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16883 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
16884 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
16886 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16887 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16888 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16889 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16890 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16891 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16892 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16894 if (code == ERROR_MARK
16895 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16896 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16897 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16898 || code == VOID_TYPE)
16901 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16902 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16903 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16906 if (type_die != NULL)
16907 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16910 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16911 function call type. */
16913 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16915 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16917 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16918 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16920 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16921 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16922 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16923 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16924 time being, following existing custom. */
16926 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
16927 value = DW_CC_program;
16929 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16930 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16931 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
16932 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
16935 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16936 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16937 was declared without a tag. */
16939 static const char *
16940 type_tag (const_tree type)
16942 const char *name = 0;
16944 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
16948 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16949 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
16950 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
16952 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16953 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16955 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
16956 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16958 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16959 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16960 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16961 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16962 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16963 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
16966 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16967 if (!name && t != 0)
16968 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
16971 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
16974 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16975 for bit field types. */
16978 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
16980 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
16981 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
16984 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16985 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16988 static const char *
16989 decl_start_label (tree decl)
16992 const char *fnname;
16994 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
16995 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
16998 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
17000 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
17005 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17006 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17007 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17010 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17012 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17013 dw_die_ref array_die;
17015 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17016 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17017 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17018 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17019 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17020 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17021 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17022 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17023 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17025 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
17028 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17029 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17030 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
17031 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17033 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
17035 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17037 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
17038 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17039 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17040 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
17042 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17043 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
17044 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
17045 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
17047 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
17048 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
17050 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17051 if (loc && size > 0)
17053 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17054 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17055 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17061 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17062 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17063 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17064 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17067 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17068 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17069 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17072 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17073 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17074 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17076 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17078 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17079 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17080 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17081 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17084 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17086 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17087 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17088 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17089 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17092 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17093 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17094 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17095 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17096 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17097 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17098 for multidimensional arrays. */
17099 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17102 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17103 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17104 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17105 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17106 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17109 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17111 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17112 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17113 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17114 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17115 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17117 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17119 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17122 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17123 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17126 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17128 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17129 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17132 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17133 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17135 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17136 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17137 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17139 if (val == base_decl)
17140 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17142 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17145 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17147 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17149 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17150 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17153 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17156 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17159 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17160 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17162 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17164 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17166 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17167 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17170 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17173 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17179 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17182 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17185 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17186 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17208 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17209 tree val, tree base_decl)
17211 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17213 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17215 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17219 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17223 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17226 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17227 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17230 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17231 dw_die_ref context_die)
17233 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17234 dw_die_ref array_die;
17237 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17238 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17239 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17241 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17243 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17244 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17246 if (info->data_location)
17247 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17249 if (info->associated)
17250 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17252 if (info->allocated)
17253 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17256 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17258 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17259 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17261 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17263 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17264 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
17265 && integer_zerop (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
17267 else if (is_fortran ()
17268 && integer_onep (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
17271 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17272 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17275 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17276 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17277 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17279 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17280 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17281 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17285 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17286 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17288 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17289 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17294 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17296 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17297 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17299 if (origin != NULL)
17300 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17303 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17304 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17305 0, 0, context_die);
17308 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17309 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17311 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17315 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17316 emit full debugging info for them. */
17319 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17323 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17324 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17325 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17326 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17329 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17331 static enum dwarf_tag
17332 record_type_tag (tree type)
17334 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17335 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17337 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17339 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17340 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17342 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17343 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17345 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17346 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17347 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17348 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17351 gcc_unreachable ();
17355 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17356 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17357 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17361 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17363 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17365 if (type_die == NULL)
17367 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17368 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17369 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17370 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17372 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17375 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17377 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17378 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17379 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17380 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17384 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17385 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17386 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17387 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17389 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17390 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17391 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17392 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17394 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17395 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17397 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17398 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17400 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17401 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17403 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17404 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17406 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17407 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17408 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17409 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17410 values as if they were signed. That means that
17411 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17412 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17413 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17414 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17418 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17420 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17421 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17426 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17427 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17430 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17431 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17432 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17433 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17434 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17435 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17436 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17437 argument type of some subprogram type.
17438 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17442 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17443 dw_die_ref context_die)
17445 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17446 tree ultimate_origin;
17447 dw_die_ref parm_die
17448 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17450 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17452 case tcc_declaration:
17453 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
17454 if (node || ultimate_origin)
17455 origin = ultimate_origin;
17456 if (origin != NULL)
17457 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17460 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17462 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17463 if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17464 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17467 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17468 TREE_READONLY (node),
17469 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17471 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17472 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17475 if (node && node != origin)
17476 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17477 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17478 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17484 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17485 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17489 gcc_unreachable ();
17495 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17496 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17499 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17500 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17501 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17502 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17503 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17504 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17507 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17509 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17513 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17515 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17516 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17519 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17520 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17522 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17524 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17527 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17528 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17533 return parm_pack_die;
17536 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17537 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17540 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17542 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17545 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17546 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17547 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17548 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17551 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17554 tree formal_type = NULL;
17555 tree first_parm_type;
17558 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17560 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17561 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17566 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17568 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17569 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17570 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17572 dw_die_ref parm_die;
17574 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17575 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17578 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17579 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
17580 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17582 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
17583 && link == first_parm_type)
17584 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
17585 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17587 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
17589 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
17592 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17593 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17594 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
17595 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
17597 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17598 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17599 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17600 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
17601 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17602 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
17605 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17606 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17607 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17608 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17609 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17612 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
17614 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
17616 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17617 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17618 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
17619 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
17620 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
17622 dw_die_ref type_die;
17623 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
17625 push_decl_scope (type);
17626 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17627 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17628 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
17629 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
17631 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17632 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17633 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
17634 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
17635 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
17637 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
17638 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
17642 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
17648 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17649 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17652 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
17654 dw_die_ref old_die;
17658 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
17660 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17661 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
17663 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17664 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17665 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17668 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17669 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17670 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17671 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
17672 decl_loc_table = NULL;
17674 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17675 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17676 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17678 context = decl_class_context (decl);
17680 gen_type_die_for_member
17681 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
17684 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17685 save_fn = current_function_decl;
17686 current_function_decl = decl;
17687 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17689 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17690 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17691 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17692 if (! was_abstract)
17693 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17695 current_function_decl = save_fn;
17696 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17700 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17703 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17704 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17707 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17712 type = (tree) *slot;
17713 die = lookup_type_die (type);
17715 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17719 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17720 through htab_traverse.
17722 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17723 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17724 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17727 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17728 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17730 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17733 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17734 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17735 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17736 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17739 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17740 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17741 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
17744 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17745 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17746 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17747 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17753 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17756 premark_used_types (void)
17758 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17759 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17762 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17765 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17767 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17768 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17769 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17772 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17776 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17778 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17779 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17780 dw_die_ref subr_die;
17783 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17784 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17785 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17787 premark_used_types ();
17789 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17790 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17791 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17792 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17793 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17795 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17796 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17799 gcc_assert (!old_die);
17802 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17803 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17804 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17805 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17806 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17807 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17808 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17810 if (origin != NULL)
17812 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17814 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17815 inline function. */
17816 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17817 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17819 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17820 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17824 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17825 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17827 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17828 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17829 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17830 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17831 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17833 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17834 something we have already output. */
17838 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17839 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17840 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17841 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17842 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17843 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17844 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17845 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
17846 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17847 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17848 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17849 == (unsigned) s.line))))
17851 subr_die = old_die;
17853 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17854 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17855 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17856 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17857 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17858 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17859 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17863 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17864 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17865 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17866 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17867 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17868 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17873 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17875 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17876 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17878 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17879 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17881 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17882 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17883 0, 0, context_die);
17886 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17887 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17888 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17890 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
17891 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
17892 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
17893 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
17898 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17900 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17902 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17903 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17904 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17905 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17906 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17908 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17909 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17910 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17911 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17913 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17914 later reused to represent definition. */
17915 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17918 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17920 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
17922 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17923 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
17925 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
17929 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17930 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
17932 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
17935 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
17936 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
17937 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17939 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17941 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17943 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
17945 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17946 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17948 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
17950 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
17951 current_function_funcdef_no);
17952 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
17953 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
17954 current_function_funcdef_no);
17955 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
17957 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17958 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17961 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
17962 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
17963 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
17965 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
17966 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
17967 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
17968 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
17970 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17971 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17972 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17976 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17977 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17978 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
17981 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
17983 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
17984 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
17985 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
17986 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
17987 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
17988 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
17989 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
17991 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
17993 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
17994 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
17998 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
17999 if (list->dw_loc_next)
18000 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
18002 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
18005 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18006 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18007 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18008 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18009 by this displacement. */
18010 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
18012 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
18013 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
18014 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
18017 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18018 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18019 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
18021 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18022 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18023 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18024 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18025 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18026 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18027 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18028 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18029 an ellipsis at the end. */
18031 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18032 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18033 its formal parameters. */
18034 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18036 else if (declaration)
18037 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
18040 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18041 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
18042 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
18043 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
18044 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
18047 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18048 emit their relevant DIEs.
18050 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18051 as well as it being a normal function.
18053 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18054 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18055 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18056 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18057 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18058 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18059 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18060 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18061 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18064 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18065 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18067 if (generic_decl_parm
18068 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18069 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18074 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18075 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18078 if (generic_decl_parm)
18079 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18082 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18083 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18084 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18085 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18086 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18087 parameters at all. */
18088 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18089 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18091 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18092 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18093 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18095 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18096 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18099 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18100 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18101 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18103 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18104 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18105 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18106 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18107 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18108 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18109 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18111 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18112 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18113 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18114 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18115 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18116 constructor function. */
18117 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18119 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18120 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18121 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18123 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18124 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18126 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18127 if (current_function_has_inlines)
18129 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18130 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18132 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18133 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18138 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18139 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18143 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18146 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18148 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18149 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18152 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18153 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18156 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18158 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18159 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18160 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18163 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18164 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18167 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18171 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18172 tree ultimate_origin;
18173 dw_die_ref var_die;
18174 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18175 dw_die_ref origin_die;
18176 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18177 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18179 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
18180 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
18181 origin = ultimate_origin;
18182 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18184 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18185 of a data member. */
18188 dw_die_ref com_die;
18189 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18190 die_node com_die_arg;
18192 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18195 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18197 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18202 /* Optimize the common case. */
18203 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18204 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18205 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18206 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18208 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18209 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18211 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18213 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18214 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18220 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18221 common_block_die_table
18222 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18223 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18225 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18226 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18227 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18228 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18229 if (com_die == NULL)
18232 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18235 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18236 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18239 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18240 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18241 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18242 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18244 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18245 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18246 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18247 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18248 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18249 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18251 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18253 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18254 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18255 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18257 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18258 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18259 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18260 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18261 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18266 /* Optimize the common case. */
18267 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18268 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18269 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18270 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18271 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18272 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18274 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18276 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18278 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18279 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18280 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18284 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18285 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18286 DIE for it again. */
18291 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18292 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18293 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18294 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18295 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18297 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18300 if (origin != NULL)
18301 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18303 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18304 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18306 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18307 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18310 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18312 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18313 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18314 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18316 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18317 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18319 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18320 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18321 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18323 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18324 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18326 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18327 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18329 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18330 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18335 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18337 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18338 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18339 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18341 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18342 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18344 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18345 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18347 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18348 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18350 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18351 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18352 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18353 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18357 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18359 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18360 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18363 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18364 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18365 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18367 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18368 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18369 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18370 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18371 to add it again. */
18372 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18374 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18375 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18376 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18378 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18381 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18384 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18387 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18390 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18392 dw_die_ref const_die;
18393 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18395 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18396 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18397 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18398 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18399 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18400 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18401 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18402 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18405 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18408 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18410 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18411 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18413 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18415 if (origin != NULL)
18416 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18418 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18420 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18421 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18424 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18426 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18427 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18428 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18432 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18434 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18435 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18436 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18437 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18438 it if it ever does happen. */
18439 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18441 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18442 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18447 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18448 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18449 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18452 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18454 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18456 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18458 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18459 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18464 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18465 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18468 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18470 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18472 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18473 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18477 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18479 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18480 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18481 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18484 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18486 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18489 add_ranges (chain);
18490 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18497 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18498 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18499 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18500 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18501 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18502 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18506 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18509 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18511 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18513 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18514 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18516 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18519 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18522 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18526 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18528 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18530 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18532 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18533 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18534 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18535 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18536 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18538 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18540 dw_die_ref subr_die
18541 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18543 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18544 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18545 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18546 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18548 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18549 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18553 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18556 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18558 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18560 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18563 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18564 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18565 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18566 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18569 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18571 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18572 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18573 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18576 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18577 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18579 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18580 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18582 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18583 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18584 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18585 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18587 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18588 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18592 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18593 Use modified_type_die instead.
18594 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18595 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18598 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18601 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18603 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18604 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18605 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18608 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18609 Use modified_type_die instead.
18610 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18611 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18614 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18617 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18619 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18620 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18621 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18625 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18628 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18631 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18632 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18634 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18635 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18636 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18637 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18640 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18643 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18646 char producer[250];
18647 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18650 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18654 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18655 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18656 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18657 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18660 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18662 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18663 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18664 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18665 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18666 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18667 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18668 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18669 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18670 strcat (producer, " -g");
18673 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
18675 language = DW_LANG_C89;
18676 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18677 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18678 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18679 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18680 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18681 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18682 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18684 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18685 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18686 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18687 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18688 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18689 language = DW_LANG_Java;
18690 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18691 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18692 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18693 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18696 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18700 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18703 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18705 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18707 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18708 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18710 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18711 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18713 if (access == access_public_node)
18714 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18715 else if (access == access_protected_node)
18716 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18719 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18722 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18725 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18728 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18729 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18730 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18731 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18732 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18733 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18734 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18735 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18736 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18737 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18738 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18740 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18743 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18747 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18748 gen_inheritance_die (base,
18749 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18750 : access_public_node), context_die);
18753 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18754 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18756 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18757 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18758 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18759 do put them in the right order. */
18761 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18763 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18765 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18768 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18769 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18771 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18772 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18775 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18777 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18779 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18783 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18784 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18785 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18788 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18789 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18791 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18792 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18794 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18795 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18796 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18797 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18798 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18800 if (type_die && ! complete)
18803 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18804 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18805 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18808 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18810 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
18811 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18813 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18815 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18816 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18818 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18820 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18822 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18825 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18827 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18828 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18829 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18830 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
18832 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18833 then give a list of members. */
18834 if (complete && !ns_decl)
18836 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18837 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18838 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18839 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18840 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18841 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18843 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18844 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18845 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18846 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18848 push_decl_scope (type);
18849 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18852 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18853 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18855 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18857 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18858 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18859 lookup_type_die (vtype));
18864 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18866 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18867 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18868 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18869 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18872 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18873 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18876 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18879 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18881 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18882 dw_die_ref subr_die
18883 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18884 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18886 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18887 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18888 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18889 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18891 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18892 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18895 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18898 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18900 dw_die_ref type_die;
18903 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18906 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18907 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18908 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18909 if (origin != NULL)
18910 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
18915 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
18916 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
18918 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
18920 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
18921 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
18924 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18926 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18927 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18930 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18931 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
18933 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18934 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
18937 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18940 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18941 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18944 struct array_descr_info info;
18946 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
18949 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18950 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18951 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18952 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18954 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18957 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18958 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
18960 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18961 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18962 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
18963 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
18964 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
18966 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18967 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
18971 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18972 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
18973 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
18974 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
18975 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18977 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
18978 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18982 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
18983 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
18984 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
18985 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
18986 cloned type itself). */
18987 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
18988 type = type_main_variant (type);
18990 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18993 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
18999 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
19000 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19001 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19002 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19003 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19005 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19007 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19008 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19009 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19010 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19014 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19015 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19016 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
19017 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19019 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19020 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19021 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19023 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19025 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
19028 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
19029 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19030 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19031 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19032 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19036 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19037 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19038 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19039 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19043 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19047 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19050 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19053 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19054 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19055 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19056 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19057 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19058 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19059 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19060 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19061 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19062 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
19064 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
19066 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19069 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19070 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19071 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19074 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19075 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19077 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19078 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19079 decls_for_scope. */
19080 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19085 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19089 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19091 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19092 declare_in_namespace. */
19093 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19094 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19097 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19102 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19103 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19104 when appropriate. */
19110 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19113 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19117 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19121 gcc_unreachable ();
19124 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19128 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19130 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19133 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19134 things which are local to the given block. */
19137 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19139 int must_output_die = 0;
19142 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19143 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19146 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19148 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19149 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19150 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19151 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19155 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19156 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19161 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19164 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19165 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19166 must_output_die = 1;
19169 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19170 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19171 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19172 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19173 as being a "significant" one. */
19174 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19175 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19176 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19177 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19178 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19179 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19180 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19181 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19182 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19183 must_output_die = 1;
19186 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19187 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19188 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19189 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19190 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19191 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19192 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19193 if (must_output_die)
19197 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19198 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19199 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19200 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19201 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19202 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19203 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19204 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19206 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19207 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19208 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19209 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19210 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19211 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19214 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19217 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19220 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19221 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19223 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19226 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19228 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19229 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19230 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19231 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19232 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19236 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19237 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19238 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19239 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19240 stmt, context_die);
19242 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19245 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19246 all of its sub-blocks. */
19249 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19255 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19256 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19259 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19260 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19261 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19262 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19263 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19264 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19265 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19266 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19269 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19270 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19273 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19274 therein) of this block. */
19275 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19277 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19278 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19281 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19284 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19286 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19289 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19290 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19291 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19292 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19293 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19294 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19300 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19302 static inline dw_die_ref
19303 get_context_die (tree context)
19307 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19308 if (TYPE_P (context))
19309 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19311 return force_decl_die (context);
19313 return comp_unit_die;
19316 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19319 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19321 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19322 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19323 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19324 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19327 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19329 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19333 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19335 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19336 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19337 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19338 declaration die. */
19339 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19340 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19341 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19342 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19346 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19347 gen_decl_die() call. */
19348 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19349 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19350 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19351 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19354 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19355 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19356 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19358 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19359 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19363 gcc_unreachable ();
19366 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19368 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19369 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19375 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19376 always returned. */
19379 force_type_die (tree type)
19381 dw_die_ref type_die;
19383 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19386 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19388 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19389 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19390 gcc_assert (type_die);
19395 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19396 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19399 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19401 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19402 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19403 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19404 /* Force out the namespace. */
19405 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19407 return context_die;
19410 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19411 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19413 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19414 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19417 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19419 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19421 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19422 return context_die;
19424 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19425 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19426 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19427 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19428 return context_die;
19430 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19432 if (ns_context != context_die)
19436 if (DECL_P (thing))
19437 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19439 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19441 return context_die;
19444 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19447 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19449 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19451 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19452 they are an alias of. */
19453 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19455 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19456 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19457 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19458 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19459 context_die, decl);
19460 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19461 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19463 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19465 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19468 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19469 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19470 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19471 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19475 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19477 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19478 dw_die_ref origin_die
19479 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19481 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19482 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19483 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19484 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19485 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19486 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19487 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19488 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19492 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19495 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19497 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19498 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
19500 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19503 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19509 if (!is_fortran ())
19511 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19512 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19516 /* Emit its type. */
19517 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19519 /* And its containing namespace. */
19520 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19522 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19525 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19526 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19527 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19528 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19529 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19530 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19531 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19536 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19537 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19538 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19539 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19542 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19543 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19544 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19545 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
19546 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19548 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19549 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19550 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19551 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19552 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19553 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19554 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19555 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19556 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19558 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19559 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19562 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19563 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19565 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19566 have described its return type. */
19567 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19569 /* And its virtual context. */
19570 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19571 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19573 /* And its containing type. */
19575 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19576 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19577 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19579 /* And its containing namespace. */
19580 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19583 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19585 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19589 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19590 actual typedefs. */
19591 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19594 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19595 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19596 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19597 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19598 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19599 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19600 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19601 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19602 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19604 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19607 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19608 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19610 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19611 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19615 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19616 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19621 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19622 variable declarations or definitions. */
19623 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19626 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19628 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19629 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19631 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19633 /* And its containing type. */
19634 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19635 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19636 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19638 /* And its containing namespace. */
19639 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19641 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19642 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19643 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19645 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
19646 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
19647 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
19648 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19649 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19652 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19656 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19657 anonymous unions and structs. */
19658 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19659 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19660 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19662 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19663 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19668 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19669 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19671 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19672 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19673 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19677 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19678 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19679 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19680 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19684 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19685 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19690 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19691 compilation proper has finished. */
19694 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19696 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19697 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19698 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19699 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19700 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19701 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19704 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19705 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19707 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19710 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19713 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19714 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19715 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19716 that DECL belongs to.
19717 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19719 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19721 tree lexical_block,
19722 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19724 expanded_location xloc;
19725 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19726 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19728 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19730 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19731 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19735 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19737 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19739 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
19740 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19742 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19743 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19744 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19745 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19746 if (!at_import_die)
19748 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19749 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19750 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19751 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19756 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19757 if (!at_import_die)
19759 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19760 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19761 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19763 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19765 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19766 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19767 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19768 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19770 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19771 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19773 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19777 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19779 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19780 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19787 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19791 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19792 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19794 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19795 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19796 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19799 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19800 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19801 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19802 importing whole module. */
19805 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19808 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19809 dw_die_ref scope_die;
19811 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19816 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19817 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19820 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19821 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19823 && TYPE_P (context)
19824 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19827 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19830 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19834 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19835 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19836 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19837 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19840 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19841 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19845 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19848 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19850 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
19852 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19857 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19858 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19859 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19860 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19861 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19862 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19863 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19864 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19865 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19866 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19867 with the definition of the function.
19869 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19870 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19871 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19872 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19873 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19874 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19875 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19876 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19877 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19878 that they *are* definitions).
19880 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19881 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19882 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19883 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19884 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19885 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19888 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19889 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19890 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19891 if (decl_function_context (decl)
19892 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19893 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19894 context_die = NULL;
19898 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19899 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19900 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19901 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19902 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19903 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19904 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19905 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19906 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19909 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19910 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19911 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19913 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19914 variable declarations or definitions. */
19915 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19920 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19922 if (!is_fortran ())
19924 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19925 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19928 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19929 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19930 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19932 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
19937 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19938 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
19941 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19942 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19943 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
19945 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19946 comparisons have. */
19948 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19949 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
19950 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
19955 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19956 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19959 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19960 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19961 if (decl_function_context (decl))
19962 context_die = NULL;
19970 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19973 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19976 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
19978 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19980 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
19983 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
19984 a lexical block. */
19987 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
19988 unsigned int blocknum)
19990 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19991 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
19994 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
19998 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
20000 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20001 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
20004 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20005 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20007 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20008 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20009 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20012 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
20017 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
20018 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20019 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20021 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
20023 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
20024 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20025 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20032 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20035 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
20037 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
20038 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
20039 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
20040 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
20044 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
20046 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
20047 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
20050 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20051 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20052 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20053 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20054 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20055 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20056 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20057 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20058 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20061 static struct dwarf_file_data *
20062 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20065 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20067 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20068 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20069 if (file_table_last_lookup
20070 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20071 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20072 return file_table_last_lookup;
20074 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20075 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20076 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20078 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20080 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
20081 created->filename = file_name;
20082 created->emitted_number = 0;
20087 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20088 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20089 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20090 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20091 types, which may include filenames. */
20094 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20096 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20098 if (last_emitted_file)
20099 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20101 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20102 last_emitted_file = fd;
20104 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20106 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20107 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20108 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20109 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20113 return fd->emitted_number;
20116 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20117 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20118 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20121 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20123 die_arg_entry entry;
20128 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20129 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20130 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20134 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20135 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20139 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20140 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20141 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20144 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20146 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20152 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20154 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20159 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20162 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20168 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20172 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20176 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20179 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20181 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20182 /* replace the string. */
20183 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20187 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20190 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20191 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20192 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20195 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20198 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20200 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20204 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20205 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20206 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20207 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20209 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20210 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20213 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20216 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20218 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20221 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20222 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20225 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20227 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
20228 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
20231 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20234 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20236 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20237 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20240 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20241 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20242 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20243 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20244 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20248 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20250 static unsigned int
20251 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20253 struct vcall_insn item;
20254 struct vcall_insn *p;
20256 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20257 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20258 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20260 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20262 return (unsigned int) -1;
20263 return p->vtable_slot;
20267 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20268 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20269 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20273 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20275 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20277 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20278 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20279 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20283 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20284 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20288 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20290 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20292 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20293 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20296 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20297 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20298 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20299 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20300 lowering to RTL. */
20303 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20305 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20308 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20311 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20312 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20313 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20315 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20316 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20319 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20320 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20321 our lookup table. */
20324 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20326 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20327 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20329 static const char *last_label;
20330 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20331 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20334 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20337 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20338 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20339 don't do anything. */
20340 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20343 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20344 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note);
20345 if (newloc == NULL)
20348 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20349 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20350 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20351 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20352 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20354 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20355 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20357 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20358 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20360 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
20361 newloc->next = NULL;
20363 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20364 newloc->label = last_label;
20367 if (!last_postcall_label)
20369 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20370 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20372 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20375 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20376 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20379 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20380 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20381 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20382 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20385 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20387 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20388 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20390 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20393 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20394 and record information relating to this source line, in
20395 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20398 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20399 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20401 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20403 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20406 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20408 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20410 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20411 if (flag_debug_asm)
20412 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20415 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20417 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20418 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20419 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20421 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20422 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20424 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20425 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20426 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20428 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20429 line_info_table_in_use++;
20431 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20433 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20434 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20435 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20436 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20438 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20439 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20440 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20442 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20443 separate_line_info_table
20444 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20445 separate_line_info_table,
20446 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20447 memset (separate_line_info_table
20448 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20450 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20451 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20454 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20456 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20457 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20458 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20459 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20463 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20465 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20466 line_info_table_in_use);
20468 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20469 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20471 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20473 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20474 line_info_table_allocated);
20475 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20476 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20479 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20480 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20481 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20482 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20487 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20490 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20492 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20494 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20495 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20497 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20498 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20501 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20503 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20505 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20507 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20510 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
20514 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20517 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20519 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20520 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20521 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20523 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20525 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20526 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20530 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20531 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20532 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20535 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20536 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20538 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20540 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20541 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
20542 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20543 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20547 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20548 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20549 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20552 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20553 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20555 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20557 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20558 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
20559 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20560 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20564 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20567 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20569 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20570 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
20571 file_table_eq, NULL);
20573 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20574 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
20575 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
20577 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20578 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
20579 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
20581 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20582 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20584 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20585 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20586 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20587 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20588 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
20590 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20591 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20592 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20594 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20595 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
20597 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20598 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20599 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20601 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20602 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
20603 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
20605 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20606 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20607 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20608 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20609 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20610 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20611 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
20613 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
20615 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
20617 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
20618 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20619 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
20620 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20621 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
20622 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20623 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
20624 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20625 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
20626 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20627 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
20628 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20629 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
20630 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20631 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
20632 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20633 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
20634 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20635 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
20636 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20637 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
20638 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
20639 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
20640 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20641 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
20642 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20644 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
20645 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
20646 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20647 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20648 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
20649 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20650 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
20652 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
20653 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20654 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
20655 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20656 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
20657 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20658 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
20659 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
20660 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
20661 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
20662 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
20663 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
20665 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20667 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20668 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
20669 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20670 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
20673 switch_to_section (text_section);
20674 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
20675 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20677 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20678 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20679 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20684 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20685 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20688 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20690 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20692 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20693 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
20695 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20699 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20700 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20703 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20705 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20707 if (node->label && node->refcount)
20709 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
20710 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
20711 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
20717 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20718 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20721 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
20725 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
20726 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
20728 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20730 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20731 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20734 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
20740 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
20743 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20744 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20747 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
20752 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20754 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
20756 /* A reference to another DIE.
20757 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20758 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20759 if (dwarf_version < 4
20760 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
20761 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
20762 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
20764 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20765 accounts properly for it. */
20766 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20767 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
20772 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20773 to DIE's children. */
20776 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
20780 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20782 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20785 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20786 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20787 if (die->die_parent)
20788 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
20790 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20791 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20793 /* If this node is a specification,
20794 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20795 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
20796 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
20799 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
20801 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20802 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20805 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20806 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20807 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20808 for all type definitions. */
20809 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
20810 || (dwarf_version >= 4
20811 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
20812 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
20814 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20818 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20819 and if so, mark them. */
20822 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
20826 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20829 switch (die->die_tag)
20831 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20832 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20833 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20836 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
20837 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
20838 || die->die_definition != NULL)
20839 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
20846 /* Mark children. */
20847 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
20850 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20853 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
20857 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20858 children have been marked as well. */
20859 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20862 switch (die->die_tag)
20864 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20865 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20866 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20867 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20870 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
20871 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
20874 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20875 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20876 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20877 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20878 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20880 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
20882 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20885 case DW_TAG_const_type:
20886 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
20887 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
20888 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
20889 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
20890 case DW_TAG_typedef:
20891 case DW_TAG_array_type:
20892 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
20893 case DW_TAG_friend:
20894 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
20895 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
20896 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
20897 case DW_TAG_string_type:
20898 case DW_TAG_set_type:
20899 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
20900 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
20901 case DW_TAG_file_type:
20902 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20905 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20909 /* Mark everything else. */
20913 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20917 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20918 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20923 /* Mark children. */
20924 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20927 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20931 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
20936 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20937 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20939 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
20941 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20942 twice in the hash table. */
20944 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
20947 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
20948 htab_hash_string (s->str),
20950 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
20956 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
20959 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
20963 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
20964 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
20966 if (! die->die_child)
20969 c = die->die_child;
20971 dw_die_ref prev = c;
20972 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
20973 if (c == die->die_child)
20975 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
20977 /* No marked children at all. */
20978 die->die_child = NULL;
20981 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
20982 die->die_child = prev;
20987 if (c != prev->die_sib)
20989 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
20990 } while (c != die->die_child);
20993 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20994 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
20995 decided to emit. */
20998 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21000 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21002 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
21003 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
21008 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21011 prune_unused_types (void)
21014 limbo_die_node *node;
21015 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21017 dcall_entry *dcall;
21019 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21020 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21021 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
21022 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21023 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
21024 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21025 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
21026 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21028 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21029 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21031 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21032 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
21033 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21034 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
21035 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21037 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
21038 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
21041 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21042 pubname_table or arange_table. */
21043 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
21044 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
21045 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
21046 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
21048 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
21049 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
21050 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
21052 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21053 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
21054 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
21055 else if (debug_str_hash)
21056 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21057 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
21058 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21059 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21060 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21061 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21063 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21064 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
21065 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21066 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21067 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21068 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21071 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21074 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21076 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21077 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21078 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21086 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21089 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21092 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21094 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21099 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21101 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21102 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21104 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21105 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21108 /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21109 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21110 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21111 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21112 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21113 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21116 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21118 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21119 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21121 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
21125 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21127 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21131 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21133 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21134 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21138 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21139 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21140 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21143 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21147 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21149 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21150 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21151 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21153 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21154 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21155 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21157 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21158 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21163 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21164 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21165 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
21166 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21169 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21170 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21176 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21177 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21178 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21181 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21183 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21184 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21185 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21186 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21187 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21188 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21193 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21194 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21195 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21196 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21197 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21198 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21201 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21205 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21208 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21209 switch (AT_class (a))
21211 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21212 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21215 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21217 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21218 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21220 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21221 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21226 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21228 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
21230 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21234 case dw_val_class_loc:
21235 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
21237 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21241 case dw_val_class_addr:
21242 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21243 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21245 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21253 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21256 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21257 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21260 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21262 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21263 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21264 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21265 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21268 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21270 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21271 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21272 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21273 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21274 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21275 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21278 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21280 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21283 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21285 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21286 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21287 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21291 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21292 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21293 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21294 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21296 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21298 next_node = node->next;
21301 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21303 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21306 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21307 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21309 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21310 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21311 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21314 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21315 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21316 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21317 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21318 this to be a child of the containing function.
21320 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21321 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21322 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21323 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21324 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21326 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21328 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21329 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21330 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21331 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21333 gcc_assert (context
21334 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21335 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21337 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21339 add_child_die (origin, die);
21341 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21346 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21348 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21350 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21352 tree decl = node->created_for;
21353 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21355 add_AT_string (node->die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
21356 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21357 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21361 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21363 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21364 emit full debugging info for them. */
21365 retry_incomplete_types ();
21367 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21368 prune_unused_types ();
21370 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21371 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21372 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21373 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21375 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21376 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21378 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21380 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21381 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21383 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21385 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21386 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21387 references to the main compile unit). */
21388 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21389 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21390 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21392 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21393 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21394 referenced. Prune them. */
21395 prune_unused_types ();
21398 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21399 that have children. */
21400 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21401 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21402 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21403 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21404 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21406 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21407 switch_to_section (text_section);
21408 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21409 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21411 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21412 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21415 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21417 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21418 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21420 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21421 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21426 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21427 bool range_list_added = false;
21429 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21430 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21431 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21432 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21433 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21434 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21435 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21437 if (text_section_used)
21438 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
21439 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
21440 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
21441 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
21442 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
21444 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21446 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21448 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21450 if (!fde->in_std_section)
21451 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21452 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21453 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
21454 &range_list_added);
21455 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21456 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21457 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21458 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
21459 &range_list_added);
21461 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21462 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
21463 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
21466 if (range_list_added)
21470 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21471 if (have_location_lists)
21473 /* Output the location lists info. */
21474 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21475 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21476 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21477 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21478 output_location_lists (die);
21481 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21482 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21483 debug_line_section_label);
21485 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21486 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21488 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21489 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21490 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21491 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21493 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21494 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21496 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21498 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21499 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21502 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21503 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21505 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21506 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21507 debug_line_section_label);
21509 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21512 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
21514 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21515 has been emitted. */
21516 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
21518 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21519 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21520 output_abbrev_section ();
21522 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21523 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
21525 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
21526 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
21529 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21530 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21531 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21532 simply won't look for the section. */
21533 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
21535 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
21536 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
21539 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21540 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
21542 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
21543 output_dcall_table ();
21545 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
21547 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
21548 output_vcall_table ();
21551 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21552 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21553 if (fde_table_in_use)
21555 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
21559 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21560 if (ranges_table_in_use)
21562 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
21563 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
21567 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21568 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21569 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21570 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21571 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21572 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21573 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21575 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21576 output_line_info ();
21579 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21580 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21582 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21583 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21586 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21588 if (debug_str_hash)
21589 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
21593 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21594 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
21598 0, /* assembly_start */
21601 0, /* start_source_file */
21602 0, /* end_source_file */
21603 0, /* begin_block */
21605 0, /* ignore_block */
21606 0, /* source_line */
21607 0, /* begin_prologue */
21608 0, /* end_prologue */
21609 0, /* end_epilogue */
21610 0, /* begin_function */
21611 0, /* end_function */
21612 0, /* function_decl */
21613 0, /* global_decl */
21615 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21616 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21617 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21619 0, /* handle_pch */
21620 0, /* var_location */
21621 0, /* switch_text_section */
21622 0, /* direct_call */
21623 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21624 0, /* copy_call_info */
21625 0, /* virtual_call */
21627 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21630 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21632 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"